Hallowell Full Line Catalog 2019

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 140

A TRADITION OF QUALITY SINCE 1903

COMPLETE STORAGE SOLUTIONS


FULL-LINE CATALOG

ES
CH
BEN
ORK
• W
TES
S • GA
K E R
L LOC
META
NG •
LVI
SHE
IL •
RA
ARD
• GU
ETS
BIN
CA

QUICK
SHIP
ALL IN-STOCK
PRODUCTS
WWW.HALLOWELL-LIST.COM DISTRIBUTION
CENTERS
MADE IN AMERICA NATIONWIDE
QUICK WHY HALLOWELL
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
THE INDUSTRY’S LARGEST INVENTORY
• Six fully-stocked regional distribution centers.
• Over 4,000 different skus to choose from in stock.
• Large inventory covers of best solvers.

ALL LOCKERS & CABINETS ARE AVAILABLE TO SHIP KNOCK DOWN OR FULLY-ASSEMBLED
• Lockers and cabinets are assembled by trained and highly skilled trade professionals.
• Lockers and cabinets arrive ready to anchor, saving you time and money.
& HOW WE DO IT

OUR STEEL
• Most of our steel is purchased directly from US mills and is made of 30% post consumer recycled content
and 11.3% post industrial/pre-consumer content.

OUR PAINT
• Sherwin Williams powders are made in the USA insuring no harmful materials.
HALLOWELL

• Hammertone textured finishes are available for all 24 standard colors.


• Medsafe® antimicrobial finishes with Microban® are available for all 24 colors

WE ARE GREENGUARD GOLD CERTIFIED


WHO WE ARE

• Hallowell is committed to minimizing environmental impact of our products and protecting indoor air quality
• GREENGUARD Gold Certification establishes strict chemical emission standards for products intended for
use in environments where children and others work, play or reside.
• All metal products are GREENGUARD GOLD certified

INDUSTRY-LEADING CUSTOMER SERVICE


• A dedicated team of in-house trained professionals is ready to respond to inquiries related to product
features, availability, specifications, order status and shipping information.
• All personnel are trained in every aspect of our Quick Ship program.

Since 1903, every Hallowell component has been


designed and manufactured with the concept that the
highest quality product is crucial for success.
OUR HISTORY
Hallowell was acquired by List Industries Inc. in 1992. List Industries was founded in
1936 with the idea that customer satisfaction and product quality would be the basis for
success. This philosophy has been maintained for over 80 years by the three Presidents
of List Industries Inc.: founder Max H. List, his son Herb List and his grandson and current
President, Herb List, Jr. As an innovator and industry leader in product design and
development, List Industries Inc. has and will continue to uphold Hallowell’s tradition of
quality and exceptional customer service.

MANUFACTURING
Hallowell Products are fabricated in three state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities located
in Central and South Florida. Our Deerfield Beach corporate headquarters is a highly efficient manufacturing plant located in one of
South Florida’s premier office parks. Computer controlled fabrication and roll-forming equipment and the newest powder coating paint
technology assure consistent quality workmanship. In addition to our primary manufacturing facility, we also have a second plant in a
prestigious industrial park in Central Florida that more than doubles our manufacturing square footage. Our third Florida location, and
newest addition, produces our new line of all-wood Recruiter sport lockers and wardrobe Club Lockers.

MADE-TO-ORDER PRODUCTS
In addition to Hallowell’s industry leading variety of in-stock lockers, shelving and cabinets we also offer an extensive line of production
items. Hallowell’s complete line of production lockers (shown on pages 122 through 133) can be manufactured in short lead-times and
painted in one of our 24 standard designer powder coat colors (see page 135). If a high-rise shelving system is what you require, our team
of design engineers and sales professionals is eager to assist you.

VISIT OUR WEBSITE: www.Hallowell-List.com FOR MORE INFORMATION


2
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HALLOWELL IS THE BEST CHOICE FOR
LOCKERS, SHELVING AND CABINETS? Hallowell-List.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2 Why Hallowell - Company Spotlight LOCKERS: QUICK-SHIP
4 Quick-Ship Program & Distribution Centers 66 Premium Wardrobe Lockers
SHELVING 68 Premium Box Lockers
6 Rivetwell Boltless Shelving 70 Ready-Built Lockers
7 Components 72 Ready-Built II Lockers
8 Unit Growth Chart 74 Medsafe Antimicrobial Lockers
75 ValueMax Lockers

HALLOWELL TABLE OF CONTENTS


9 Single Rivet Units
10 Double Rivet Units 76 Maintenance-Free Quiet KD Lockers
11 Record Storage Units 78 DigiTech Electronic Day Use Lockers
12 Automotive Storage Racks 80 Safety-View See-Thru Door Panels
13 Components 81 Safety-View Plus See-Thru Doors
15 Decking 82 Digitech Safety-View Plus
17 Technical Data 84 Heavy-Duty Ventilated Lockers
18 Rivetwell High Capacity Boltless Shelving 86 Locker Accessories
19 High Capacity Bolted Die Rack 88 Wood/Metal Hybrid Lockers
20 Hi-Tech Clip Shelving 90 Wood Club Lockers
22 Open Units 92 Recruiter Wood Sport Lockers
23 Closed Units 94 Galvanite Rust Resistant Lockers
24 Free Standing Open and Closed Units 96 Aquamax Solid Plastic Lockers
25 Medsafe Antimicrobial Finish Shelving 97 Medsafe Aquamax Antimicrobial Solid Plastic Lockers
26 Bin Units 98 Versamax Solid Phenolic Lockers
27 Deep Bin Units 99 Stainless Steel Lockers
28 H-Post Shelving 100 Kid Lockers
32 DuraTech Pass-Thru Shelving 101 Home Team Lockers
34 Components 102 Cubix Modular Box Lockers
38 Component Specifications 103 Cell Phone/Tablet Lockers
40 Multi-Level High Rise Shelving Systems 104 Backpack/Laptop Lockers
42 Growth & Technical Data 106 Turn-out Gear Emergency Response Lockers
44 Bulk Rack 108 Uniform Exchange Lockers
47 Reel Rack 110 MaxView Heavy Equipment Storage
48 Bin Shelving 111 All-Welded Single-Point All-Welded Ventilated
49 Portable Gates 112 Task-Force XP Emergency Response Lockers
50 Guardrail & Post Protectors 114 Rookie KD Gear Stock Lockers
115 TA-50 Military Gear Storage Lockers
CABINETS 116 SecurityMax All-Welded High Security Lockers
51 Slimline Cabinets 117 Black Tie Office Space Commercial Lockers
52 400-Series Commercial Grade Cabinets 118 PE/Gym All-Welded Stock Lockers
54 800-Series Industrial Grade Cabinets 120 24/7 Parcel Lockers
56 DuraTough All-Welded Cabinets 122 Bulk Storage Lockers (BSL)
WORKBENCHES
60 Workbenches LOCKERS: PRODUCTION (NON-STOCK)
61 Fort Knox Modular Storage System 124 Recruiter Custom Wood Lockers
126 Metal Cubbies
127 Open-Front All-Welded Gear Lockers
128 Unibody All-Welded Lockers
131 Equipment & Premium Lockers
132 Premium KD Box & Specialty Lockers
134 Heavy-Duty Corridor Lockers (HDC)
134 Heavy-Duty Ventilated Lockers (HDV)
135 Locker Accessories
136 Locks
137 Bench Tops & Pedestals
CALL 866-566-0500 138 Phenolic & Plastic Color Chart
FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OUR QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM 139 Color Selector for Production (non-stock) lockers

3
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK INDUSTRY'S LARGEST
Hallowell-List.com SHIP QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM

ADVANTAGES OF SIX
DISTRIBUTION CENTERS
HALLOWELL HAS YOU COVERED COAST-TO-COAST

REDUCES FREIGHT COST


REDUCES TRANSIT TIME
MINIMIZES CARRIER HANDLING

REGIONAL
DISTRIBUTION
REGIONAL CENTER
DISTRIBUTION MECHANICSBURG,PA
REGIONAL CENTER
DISTRIBUTION DAYTON, OH
CENTER
RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA REGIONAL
DISTRIBUTION
CENTER
MEMPHIS, TN

REGIONAL MANUFACTURING & NATIONAL


DISTRIBUTION DISTRIBUTION
CENTER CENTER
CARROLLTON, TX APOPKA, FL
MANUFACTURING
FACILITY
GAINESVILLE, FL MANUFACTURING
HEADQUARTERS
DEERFIELD BEACH, FL

QUICK-SHIP BENEFITS
NO SETUP CHARGES
NO MINIMUM ORDER QUANTITY
INDUSTRY'S BEST DISCOUNT

CALL 866-566-0500 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OUR QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM


4
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
INDUSTRY LEADING PACKAGING
Hallowell-List.com

THE FASTEST SHIPPING WITH THE MOST SECURE PACKAGING


In an industry where damage in transit can be difficult to prevent, Hallowell goes the extra mile to ensure your purchase
is protected by providing the industry's best packaging materials and techniques.

INDUSTRY'S BEST PACKAGING


1. Pallet is sized to fit unit 2. Full height corner 3. Outside faces 4. Extra packing is added to protect handles when
with no overhang and guards and Top cap are protected projecting and the units are wrapped with poly
with bottom protection are added. wrap and double strapped in two directions to
ensure stability.
KNOCK-DOWN SHIPMENTS
• All components are packaged in custom designed corrugated cartons
• Pallets are sized so that no material overhangs the pallet
• All cartons are securely strapped to pallets

FULLY-ASSEMBLED SHIPMENTS
• Pallets are sized so that no part of a unit overhangs the pallet
• When two units share a pallet, the inward facing locker fronts are separated by corrugated spacers
• Locker tops and bottoms are protected by specially designed capping cartons
• Outside corners are protected with heavy-duty full height corner guards
• Perimeter surfaces are protected with full height corrugated sheets
• Locker fronts always face the center of a pallet when possible
• Units are wrapped with Heavy-gauge clear poly wrap
• Units are double strapped in two directions to ensure maximum stability

Palletized Knock-Down
Lockers

Palletized Assembled Palletized Assembled Palletized BSL Palletized Shelving


Lockers Cabinets (Stock)

5
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL BOLTLESS SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

Boltless shelving is designed to maximize storage


space and minimize installation set-up time.
RIVETWELL™ SHELVING

All components are engineered to attach snugly to one another


without the use of loose fasteners. This unique design has rivets
which are factory attached to all left-to-right and front-to-back
beams. The rivets align with keyhole slots in the vertical posts.
Once tapped into place using a standard rubber mallet, the units
are tightly assembled providing maximum strength.

Standard units consist of vertical angle posts at the corners, double


rivet angle beams at the top and bottom perimeter and single
rivet angle beams running left-to-right only at the intermediate
levels. Shelves are of standard 5/8” particle board, EZ-Deck steel
or wire decking and simply drop into place. Shelf strength can be
increased by upgrading to heavy duty beams, adding single rivet
beams running front-to-back at the intermediate levels, upgrading
to double rivet beams at the full perimeter of the intermediate levels
or upgrading all levels to our strongest double rivet channel beams.
Optional center supports can be added using supplied hardware to
increase decking capacity.

The versatility of our Rivetwell boltless shelving system


allows you to mix and match components to meet your
unique application. From standard storage applications,
record storage to automotive tire racks, Rivetwell boltless
shelving is your storage solution.

729 708
TAN (PT) BLACK (ME)

• All units/components available in Tan


• Select units/components available in Black
• See charts for stock availability of Tan or Black

6
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
RIVETWELL BOLTLESS SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com

1 Angle Post (Standard Duty): 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 14 gauge cold rolled


1 Angle Post 2 T-Post steel corner post uprights. Perfect for standard load situations.

Angle Post (Heavy Duty): Shall be 1-7/8" x 1-7/8" x 14 gauge cold


rolled steel uprights. The choice when heavy duty shelving is required.
Perfect for multilevel installations.

2 T-Post (Standard Duty): 3" x 1-7/8" x 14 gauge cold rolled steel


intermediate uprights.

T-Post (Heavy Duty): 3-3/4" x 1-7/8" x 14 gauge cold rolled steel

RIVETWELL™ SHELVING
intermediate uprights.

3 Single Rivet Shelf Beam (Standard Duty): This 14 gauge


low profile standard intermediate level shelf beam is perfect when
maximum clear opening is required between shelf levels.

Single Rivet Shelf Beam (Heavy Duty): An 11 gauge heavy


duty version of our low profile intermediate shelf beam allowing
Single Rivet
3 Shelf Beam maximum clear opening between shelf levels.

4 Double Rivet Angle Beam (Standard Duty): This 16 gauge


shelf beam is essential for stability of standard units; therefore, is
used on all four sides at the top and bottom levels. Can also be used
4 Double Rivet front and back or on all four sides of intermediate levels to increase
Angle Beam unit stability and load capacity.

Double Rivet Angle Beam (Heavy Duty): An upgrade to our


standard duty double rivet angle beams, our heavy duty double rivet
angle beams provide additional unit rigidity and even higher shelf
Double Rivet capacity.
5 Channel Beam

5 Double Rivet Channel Beam: Maximized left-to-right shelf


capacity is achieved using our 14 gauge double rivet channel beams in
lieu of double rivet angle beams. These beams cannot be used at the
bottom level.
6 Center
Support
6 Center Support: Used to provide additional shelf support front-to-
back by bolting between double rivet beams at pre-punched locations.
Ideal for wider spans.

7 Double Rivet 7 Double Rivet Z-Beam (Standard Duty): For 12” thru 60”
Z-Beam
(Standard beams. Used in place of double rivet angle beams to add 1” additional
Duty) clearance between shelf levels. Allows particle board decking to sit
flush with beam. Protects decking edges. When used at bottom level
of single rivet units, shelf clearance is increased by 1” at lower level.
8 Double Rivet Standard Z beams are 14 gauge.
Z-Beam
(Heavy Duty) 8 Double Rivet Z-Beam (Heavy Duty): For 69” and 72” beams.
Used in place of double rivet angle beams to add 1” additional
clearance between shelf levels. Allows particle board decking to
9 Z-Beam sit flush with beam. Protects decking edges. Heavy-Duty Z beams
Center
Support are 14 gauge

9 Center Support for Z-Beam: Used with Z-Beams for front to


back decking support. Fabricated of 11 gauge cold rolled steel.

7
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL BOLTLESS SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

UNIT GROWTH CHART


When designing a shelving layout. Unit growth must be considered. To determine the overall dimension of a continuous row of
shelving employing T-Posts or Angle Posts with tie plates, refer to the table below.

NOMINAL
SHELF SHELF SIZE SHELF SIZE SHELF SIZE 24 1/2"
RIVETWELL™ SHELVING

DEPTH 36" X 24" 36" X 24" 36" X 24"


+1/2"

36-1/2" 36-1/2" 36-1/2"


1/4" 1/4"
110"

Unit Clear Width Examples below are based on 36" wide shelf.

1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8" USING HVY. 1-7/8" 1-7/8" 1-7/8"
USING STD. USING HVY. ANGLE & HVY. USING HVY.
ANGLE POSTS ANGLE POSTS T - POSTS T - POSTS

CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR


OPENING OPENING OPENING OPENING
WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH
33-1/2" 32-3/4" 32-7/8" 33"
36-1/2" 36-1/2" 36-5/8" 36-3/4"
SHELF WIDTH + 1/2" SHELF WIDTH + 1/2" SHELF WIDTH + 5/8" SHELF WIDTH + 3/4"
MINUS 3" = CLEAR WIDTH MINUS 3-3/4" = CLEAR WIDTH MINUS 3-3/4" = CLEAR WIDTH MINUS 3-3/4" = CLEAR WIDTH

Vertical Shelf Clearance Vertical Shelf Clearance


for Single Rivet Units for Double Rivet units
This chart depicts shelf clearances for Units with Units with
typical rivetwell shelving units with 1-1/2" Standard and Channel
Heavy Duty Beams
vertical shelf adjustment Beams
5 SHELF 6 SHELF 7 SHELF 8 SHELF

12 - 1/2" 11" 9 - 1/2"


18 - 1/2"
9 - 3/8"
10 - 7/8"
13 - 7/8"
18 - 3/8" 9 - 3/8"
12 - 3/8"
15 - 3/8" 9 - 3/8" 84"
12 - 3/8"
18 - 3/8" 10 - 7/8"
15 - 3/8"
12 - 3/8"
10 - 7/8"

19" 16" 13"


11 - 1/2"

8
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
RIVETWELL SINGLE RIVET SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com

SINGLE RIVET UNITS - 84'' HIGH


36'' Wide Units 48'' Wide Units
(Decking not included) (Decking not included)
Shelf Starter Adder Shelf Starter Adder Color
Levels Depth
Capacity Model No. Model No. Capacity Model No. Model No. Selection
55 Shelf
Shelf 12 350 SRS361284-5S SRS361284-5A 250 SRS481284-5S SRS481284-5A PT
Units
Units 18 350 SRS361884-5S SRS361884-5A 250 SRS481884-5S SRS481884-5A PT

RIVETWELL™ SHELVING
24 350 SRS362484-5S SRS362484-5A 250 SRS482484-5S SRS482484-5A PT
30 350 SRS363084-5S SRS363084-5A 250 SRS483084-5S SRS483084-5A PT
36 350 SRS363684-5S SRS363684-5A 250 SRS483684-5S SRS483684-5A PT
6 Shelf6 Shelf
12 350 SRS361284-6S SRS361284-6A 250 SRS481284-6S SRS481284-6A PT
5 Shelf
Units Units
18 350 SRS361884-6S SRS361884-6A 250 SRS481884-6S SRS481884-6A PT
24 350 SRS362484-6S SRS362484-6A 250 SRS482484-6S SRS482484-6A PT
30 350 SRS363084-6S SRS363084-6A 250 SRS483084-6S SRS483084-6A PT
36 350 SRS363684-6S SRS363684-6A 250 SRS483684-6S SRS483684-6A PT
7Units
Shelf Shelf
7Units
Shelf Units
12 350 SRS361284-7S SRS361284-7A 250 SRS481284-7S SRS481284-7A PT
Unit 18 350 SRS361884-7S SRS361884-7A 250 SRS481884-7S SRS481884-7A PT
24 350 SRS362484-7S SRS362484-7A 250 SRS482484-7S SRS482484-7A PT
30 350 SRS363084-7S SRS363084-7A 250 SRS483084-7S SRS483084-7A PT
36 350 SRS363684-7S SRS363684-7A 250 SRS483684-7S SRS483684-7A PT
8 Shelf
8Units
Shelf 12 350 SRS361284-8S SRS361284-8A 250 SRS481284-8S SRS481284-8A PT
Unit 18 350 SRS361884-8S SRS361884-8A 250 SRS481884-8S SRS481884-8A PT
24 350 SRS362484-8S SRS362484-8A 250 SRS482484-8S SRS482484-8A PT
30 350 SRS363084-8S SRS363084-8A 250 SRS483084-8S SRS483084-8A PT
36 350 SRS363684-8S SRS363684-8A 250 SRS483684-8S SRS483684-8A PT

Starter units consist of four Adder units consist of two


standard angle posts, four left-to-right standard T-Posts, four left-to-right
standard double rivet angle beams, standard double rivet angle beams,
four front-to-back standard double rivet two front-to-back standard double rivet
angle beams, two left-to-right standard angle beam, two left-to-right standard
single rivet beams per intermediate level single rivet beam per intermediate level
and two front-to-back standard single and one front-to-back standard single
rivet beam at one intermediate level rivet beam at one intermediate level
only (30” and 36” deep units include two only (30” and 36” deep units include one
front-to-back single rivet beams at each front-to-back single rivet beam at each
intermediate level). intermediate level).

Be sure to order one each of


Wire or Particle board decking per level.

See page 15-16 for decking options (sold separately)


EZ-Deck steel decking can NOT be used on single rivet units. Standard 5-shelf single rivet
starter unit
(order decking separately)

9
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL DOUBLE RIVET SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

DOUBLE RIVET UNITS - 84'' HIGH WITH 4 LEVELS


Without Center Support With Center Support Color
(Decking Not Included) (Decking Not Included) Selection

Beam Shelf Starter Adder Shelf Starter Adder


Width Depth
Type Cap Model No. Model No. Cap Model No. Model No.
48'' Heavy-Duty 18 750 DRH481884-4S DRH481884-4A 1400 DRHC481884-4S DRHC481884-4A PT, ME
Angle 24 750 DRH482484-4S DRH482484-4A 1400 DRHC482484-4S DRHC482484-4A PT, ME
30 750 DRH483084-4S DRH483084-4A 1310 DRHC483084-4S DRHC483084-4A PT, ME
RIVETWELL™ SHELVING

36 750 DRH483684-4S DRH483684-4A 1220 DRHC483684-4S DRHC483684-4A PT, ME


48 750 DRH484884-4S DRH484884-4A 1125 DRHC484884-4S DRHC484884-4A PT, ME
60'' Heavy-Duty 18 600 DRH601884-4S DRH601884-4A 1200 DRHC601884-4S DRHC601884-4A PT, ME
Angle Beam 24 600 DRH602484-4S DRH602484-4A 1200 DRHC602484-4S DRHC602484-4A PT, ME
30 600 DRH603084-4S DRH603084-4A 1200 DRHC603084-4S DRHC603084-4A PT, ME
36 600 DRH603684-4S DRH603684-4A 1200 DRHC603684-4S DRHC603684-4A PT, ME
48 600 DRH604884-4S DRH604884-4A 1200 DRHC604884-4S DRHC604884-4A PT, ME
60'' Channel 18 - - - 2000 DRCC601884-4S DRCC601884-4A PT
Beam 24 - - - 2000 DRCC602484-4S DRCC602484-4A PT
30 - - - 2000 DRCC603084-4S DRCC603084-4A PT
36 - - - 2000 DRCC603684-4S DRCC603684-4A PT
48 - - - 2000 DRCC604884-4S DRCC604884-4A PT
72'' Heavy-Duty 18 500 DRH721884-4S DRH721884-4A 1000 DRHC721884-4S DRHC721884-4A PT, ME
Angle Beam 24 500 DRH722484-4S DRH722484-4A 1000 DRHC722484-4S DRHC722484-4A PT, ME
30 500 DRH723084-4S DRH723084-4A 1000 DRHC723084-4S DRHC723084-4A PT, ME
36 500 DRH723684-4S DRH723684-4A 1000 DRHC723684-4S DRHC723684-4A PT, ME
48 500 DRH724884-4S DRH724884-4A 1000 DRHC724884-4S DRHC724884-4A PT, ME
72'' Channel 18 - - - 1850 DRCC721884-4S DRCC721884-4A PT
Beam 24 - - - 1850 DRCC722484-4S DRCC722484-4A PT
30 - - - 1850 DRCC723084-4S DRCC723084-4A PT
36 - - - 1850 DRCC723684-4S DRCC723684-4A PT
48 - - - 1850 DRCC724884-4S DRCC724884-4A PT
96'' Heavy-Duty 18 - - - 620 DRHC961884-4S DRHC961884-4A PT, ME
Angle Beam 24 - - - 620 DRHC962484-4S DRHC962484-4A PT, ME
30 - - - 620 DRHC963084-4S DRHC963084-4A PT, ME
36 - - - 620 DRHC963684-4S DRHC963684-4A PT, ME
48 - - - 620 DRHC964884-4S DRHC964884-4A PT, ME
96'' Channel 18 - - - 1400 DRCC961884-4S DRCC961884-4A PT
Beam 24 - - - 1400 DRCC962484-4S DRCC962484-4A PT
30 - - - 1400 DRCC963084-4S DRCC963084-4A PT
36 - - - 1400 DRCC963684-4S DRCC963684-4A PT
48 - - - 1400 DRCC964884-4S DRCC964884-4A PT
DOUBLE RIVET UNITS - 120'' HIGH WITH 5 LEVELS
72'' Heavy-Duty 30 500 DRH7230120-5S DRH7230120-5A 1000 DRHC7230120-5S DRHC7230120-5A PT
Angle Beam 36 500 DRH7236120-5S DRH7236120-5A 1000 DRHC7236120-5S DRHC7236120-5A PT
48 500 DRH7248120-5S DRH7248120-5A 1000 DRHC7248120-5S DRHC7248120-5A PT
72'' Channel 30 - - - 1490 DRCC7230120-5S DRCC7230120-5A PT
Beam 36 - - - 1490 DRCC7236120-5S DRCC7236120-5A PT
48 - - - 1490 DRCC7248120-5S DRCC7248120-5A PT
96'' Heavy-Duty 30 - - - 620 DRHC9630120-5S DRHC9630120-5A PT
Angle Beam 36 - - - 620 DRHC9636120-5S DRHC9636120-5A PT
48 - - - 620 DRHC9648120-5S DRHC9648120-5A PT
96'' Channel 30 - - - 1400 DRCC9630120-5S DRCC9630120-5A PT
Beam 36 - - - 1400 DRCC9636120-5S DRCC9636120-5A PT
48 - - - 1400 DRCC9648120-5S DRCC9648120-5A PT

Starter units consist of four standard angle posts, two left-to-right standard double rivet angle/channel beams per level and two front-to-back standard
double rivet angle beams per level.
Adder units consist of two standard T-Posts, two left-to-right standard double rivet angle/channel beams per level and two front-to-back
standard double rivet angle beams per level. Channel beam units are provided with left-to-right double rivet angle beams at bottom level.
See pages 15-16 for decking options (sold separately)

10
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
RIVETWELL RECORD STORAGE UNITS
Hallowell-List.com

RECORD STORAGE UNITS

*No. of Starter Adder


Width Depth Height Levels Color Selection
boxes Model No. Model No.

42'' 15'' 60'' 3 18 RS421560-3S RS421560-3A PT


30'' 60'' 3 36 RS423060-3S RS423060-3A PT
69'' 15'' 60'' 3 30 RS691560-3S RS691560-3A PT
30'' 60'' 3 60 RS693060-3S RS693060-3A PT
42'' 15'' 84'' 4 24 RS421584-4S RS421584-4A PT

RIVETWELL™ SHELVING
30'' 84'' 4 48 RS423084-4S RS423084-4A PT
69'' 15'' 84'' 4 40 RS691584-4S RS691584-4A PT
30'' 84'' 4 80 RS693084-4S RS693084-4A PT
42'' 15'' 108'' 5 30 RS4215108-5S RS4215108-5A PT
30'' 108'' 5 60 RS4230108-5S RS4230108-5A PT
69'' 15'' 108'' 5 50 RS6915108-5S RS6915108-5A PT
30'' 108'' 5 100 RS6930108-5S RS6930108-5A PT

Be sure to order one each of particle board or EZ-Deck steel decking per level.
See pages 15-16 for decking options (sold separately) ACCESS UNIT FROM
*Box count based on standard record storage box dimensions: 12 x 10 x 15 FRONT OR BACK!
Record storage boxes are not included

Record Storage Unit


with 4 levels
(80 Box unit)

11
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL AUTOMOTIVE STORAGE RACKS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
TIRE STORAGE RACKS
*Tire Starter Adder 9”
Width Depth Height Levels
Capacity Model No. Model No. 12”
SINGLE ROW
RIVETWELL™ AUTOMOTIVE STORAGE RACKS

60'' 21'' 84'' 3 24 TSS602184-3S TSS602184-3A


21'' 120'' 4 32 TSS6021120-4S TSS6021120-4A
21'' 144'' 5 40 TSS6021144-5S TSS6021144-5A
21'' 192'' 6 48 TSS6021192-6S** TSS6021192-6A**
DOUBLE ROW
60'' 42'' 84'' 3 48 TSD602184-3S TSD602184-3A
42'' 120'' 4 64 TSD6021120-4S TSD6021120-4A
42'' 144'' 5 80 TSD6021144-5S TSD6021144-5A
42'' 192'' 6 96 TSD6021192-6S** TSD6021192-6A**
(*)Based on average passenger tire (**) Supplied with heavy-duty posts

Tire Storage Rack


MUFFLER STORAGE UNITS
Starter Adder
Width Depth Height Levels
Model No. Model No.
48'' 36'' 84'' 5 MS483684-5S MS483684-5A
96'' 36'' 84'' 5 MS963684-5S MS963684-5A

Be sure to order one each of particle board decking per level.

HANGING TAILPIPE RACK


Starter
Width Depth Height
Model No.
48'' 18'' 120'' HTP4818120
96'' 18'' 120'' HTP9618120

Hanging Tailpipe Rack Tire Rack Muffler Storage Rack

729
TAN (PT)

12
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
RIVETWELL SHELVING COMPONENTS
Hallowell-List.com

PART STANDARD HEAVY-DUTY PART STANDARD HEAVY-DUTY


HEIGHT LENGTH
DESCRIPTION PART NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO. PART NO.
ANGLE POST 1-1/2”x 1-1/2” (14 ga) 1-7/8” x 1-7/8” (14 ga) DOUBLE RIVET
1” x 2-3/4” (14 ga)
3’ APS03 - CHANNEL BEAM
Punched for self
4’ APS04 - For left to right shelf 48” - • CBH48
adjustment on
1-1/2” centers 5’ • APS05 - support. Provides for 60” - • CBH60
a higher capacity than 69” - • CBH69
6’ • APS06 APH06

RIVETWELL™ SHELVING COMPONENTS


heavy-duty rivet 72” - • CBH72
7’ •• APS07 APH07 angle beams. 84” - • CBH84
8’ • APS08 APH08 96” - • CBH96
9’ • APS09 APH09
10’ • APS10 APH10
12’ APS12 APH12
14’ APS14 APH14 Note: When a bottom shelf is required to be at
16’ APS16 APH16 the bottom level, use a Heavy-Duty Double Rivet
Note: For requirements above 10'-0' high, multiple Angle Beam.
posts can be spliced using PS05 post splice without
compromising capacity.
SINGLE RIVET
BEAM 1” x 21/32” (14 ga) 1”-1/4” x 7/8” (11 ga)
T-POST 3”x 1-7/8” (14 ga) 3-3/4” x 1-7/8” (14 ga)
3’ TPS03 TPH03 12” • SRBS12 -
Punched for self For use as left to right and
4’ TPS04 TPH04 front to back support. See 15” SRBS15 -
adjustment on
1-1/2” centers 5’ • TPS05 TPH05 Beam Load Table 18” • SRBS18 -
for capacity. 24” • SRBS24 -
6’ • TPS06 TPH06
30” • SRBS30 -
7’ •• TPS07 TPH07
36” • SRBS36 SRBH36
8’ • TPS08 TPH08
42” • SRBS42 SRBH42
9’ • TPS09 TPH09
48” • SRBS48 SRBH48
10’ • TPS10 TPH10
12’ TPS12 TPH12
14’ TPS14 TPH14
16’ TPS16 TPH16

Note: For requirements above 10'-0' high, multiple


posts can be spliced using PS05 post splice without CENTER SUPPORT 2-3/4” x 1” x 1” (16 ga)
compromising capacity. Bolts to double rivet angle 12” • CS12 -
or channel beams to add sup- 15” • CS15 -
port to decking and stabilize 18” •• CS18 -
beams. Supplied with nuts
PART STANDARD HEAVY-DUTY 24” •• CS24 -
LENGTH and bolts for fast assembly.
DESCRIPTION PART NO. PART NO. Use 1 per pair of beams up to 30” •• CS30 -
DOUBLE RIVET 84”, 2 per pair of 96” beams. 32” CS32 -
ANGLE BEAM 2-3/4”x 1” (16 ga) 2-3/4” x 1” (14 ga) 36” •• CS36 -
12” • ABS12 - 42” CS42 -
For left to right and
front to back shelf 15” • ABS15 - 48” •• CS48 -
support. 18” •• ABS18 -
24” •• ABS24 -
30” •• ABS30 -
32” ABS32 -
36” •• ABS36 -
DOUBLE ROW
42” • ABS42 - AND TOP TIE 2-1/2” x 1/4” (14 ga)
48” - •• ABH48 9-1/4” - DRTT09
60” - •• ABH60 Use to space back-to-back 12-1/4” - DRTT12
69” - • ABH69 units and to top-tie rows 15-1/4” - DRTT15
72” - •• ABH72 across aisle for
added stability. 18-1/4” - • DRTT18
84” - ABH84 24-1/4” - DRTT24
96” - •• ABH96
36-1/4” - DRTT36
42-1/4” - DRTT42
48-1/4” - DRTT48

Denotes Stock Component


• Denotes stock item in 729 Tan (PT)
•• Denotes stock item in 729 Tan (PT) and 708 Black (ME)

729 708
TAN (PT) BLACK (ME)

13
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL SHELVING COMPONENTS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
PART STANDARD PART HEAVY-DUTY PART STANDARD HEAVY-DUTY
LENGTH LENGTH
DESCRIPTION NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO. PART NO.
WALL TIE 2-1/2”x 1-1/4” (14 ga) HANGER BAR 1-1/4” x 1-1/4” x 1-1/4” (14 ga)
Used to secure 9-1/4” • WT09 - For hanging items 36” HB 36 -
units to wall and between double rivet 42” HB 42 -
provide space beams. One or more 48” HB 48 -
RIVETWELL™ SHELVING CO0MPONENETS

between wall and may be used per level.


unit (Hardware to 60” HB 60 -
attach to wall not
included).

FOOT PLATE 1-1/2”x 1-1/2” x 3” (14 ga) DECK OVER


GRATING SUPPORT 3-12” x 1-13/16” x 2-3/16” (11 ga)
For use in anchoring 3” • FPR100 -
angle and tee posts Provides secure 36” - DOGS36
to floor. (Hardware support for grating 48” - DOGS48
included for attaching when decking over
posts-Hardware to entire installation. 60” - DOGS60
anchor to the floor 69” - DOGS69
not included.)
anchor holes are 72” - DOGS72
3/8” diameter.

POST SPLICE 1-3/8”x 1-3/8” x 5” (11 ga)


DOWN AISLE
Used to extend post, 5” • PS05 -
GRATING SUPPORT 3-12” X 1-13/16” X 1-15/16” (11 ga)
attaches to outside
of post. Order one Attaches to unit front 36” - DAGS36
per Angle Post, two between rows to provide 48” - DAGS48
per T-Post. support for grating on 60” - DAGS60
2-level rivetwell installa-
69” - DAGS69
tions. For maximum aisle
width of 48”. Use a 72” - DAGS72
minimum of 3 screws per
support. 9 degree angle
TIE PLATE 3” x 3” (14 ga) on top edge.

Used for structural NA • TP1 -


integrity of T-Post
and to join Angle
Post units side by
side to insure proper
PART LEFT RIGHT
row alignment. LENGTH
DESCRIPTION PART NO. PART NO.
BEAM CLEAT 1-1/2” x 1”-1/2” x 3” (14 ga)
For hanging items 3” BC-L BC-R
between double rivet
beams. One or more
TIRE RACK BEAM 3” x 3” (14 ga) may be used per level.
For left to right shelf 48” TRB48 -
support of tires. 9 60” • TRB60 -
degrees of angle on
the supporting edge.

SLOTTED ANGLE
CLEAT 1-1/2” x 1”-1/2” x 3” (14 ga)
For use where slotted 3” SAC-L SAC-R
angle pieces must be
joined, such as special
grating supports and
top ties.

729 708
TAN (PT) BLACK (ME)

Denotes Stock Component


• Denotes stock item in 729 Tan (PT)

14
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
RIVETWELL SHELVING COMPONENTS
Hallowell-List.com

PART STANDARD HEAVY-DUTY


Rivetwell
LENGTH
DESCRIPTION PART NO. PART NO.
DOUBLE RIVET
Z-BEAM (STANDARD)
12”
2-1/8”x 7/8” (14 ga)
ZBS12 -
Flat Wire Decking
For front to back and left
to right. allows particle 15” ZBS15 -
board decking to sit flush 18” ZBS18 -
with top of beam.
24” ZBS24 -

RIVETWELL™ SHELVING COMPONENTS


30” ZBS30 -
36” ZBS36 -
42 ” ZBS42 -
48” ZBS48 -
60” ZBS60 -

DOUBLE RIVET
Z-BEAM (HEAVY-DUTY) 2-1/8”x 7/8” (14 ga)
4 gauge wire in 2” x 4” pattern.
For front to back and 48” - ZBH48
left to right. Allows 60” - ZBH60
particle board
decking to sit flush
69” - ZBH69 Part Number Size (inches)
WxD
Wire
Supports
*Capacity
with top of beam. 72” - ZBH72 (Lbs)

All decks are Powder Coated Gray.
HWD3618 36" x 18" 4 725
HWD3624 36" x 24" 4 605
HWD3630 36" x 30" 4 485
CENTER SUPPORT HWD3636 36" x 36" 4 455
FOR Z-BEAMS 1-3/16” X 1-1/8” X 7/8” (11 GA)
HWD3648 36" x 48" 4 300
Use with Z-beams for 24” ZCS24 -
additional decking 30” ZCS30 - HWD4818 48" x 18" 5 725
support front
to back.
36” ZCS36 - HWD4824 48" x 24" 5 605
42” ZCS42 -
HWD4830 48" x 30" 5 485
48” ZCS48 -
HWD4836 48" x 36" 5 455
HWD4848 48" x 48" 5 300
HWD6018 60" x 18" 6 725
HWD6024 60" x 24" 6 605
COAT ROD
2-3/4” X 1” (14 ga) HWD6030 60" x 30" 6 485
SUPPORT BEAM
HWD6036 60" x 36" 6 455
For supporting 18” ABH18CR -
Rivetwell coat rods 24” ABH24CR - HWD6048 60" x 48" 6 300
30” ABH30CR - All sizes measure 1/8” short of nominal dimension in both directions.
36” ABH36CR -
48” ABH48CR -
*Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads and
Include a 1.65 safety factor.

RIVETWELL
COAT ROD 1’ O.D. SCH40 Steel Pipe
For use with coat rods 36” RCR36 -
and support beams 48” RCR48 -
60” RCR60 -
72” RCR72 -

RED COLOR Denotes Stock Component

15
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL PARTICLE BOARD &
Hallowell-List.com SHIP E-Z DECK CAPACITY RATINGS

Recommended safe use load table for 5/8” particle board and EZ-Deck steel decking allowable uniformly distributed static live loads for deck material
2 Sides Supported 4 Sides Supported 4 Sides + Center Supported 4 Sides + 2 Center Supported
Size Particle EZ-Deck LOAD DEFL LOAD DEFL LOAD DEFL LOAD DEFL
(inches) Board Steel (lbs.) (ins) (Lbs.) (ins) (Lbs.) (ins) (Lbs.) (ins)
WxD Decking Decking
RIVETWELL™ PARTICLE BOARD & EZ-DECK

36x12 HPB3612 HEZD3612 425 0.06 675 0.08


36x18 HPB3618 HEZD3618 400 0.17 550 0.18
36x24 HPB3624 HEZD3624 305 0.30 435 0.23
36x30 HPB3630 HEZD3630 250 0.47 385 0.32
36x36 HPB3636 HEZD3636 150 0.50 180 0.39
42x12 HPB4212 HEZD4212 490 0.06 755 0.08
42x18 HPB4218 HEZD4218 460 0.17 600 0.18
42x24 HPB4224 HEZD4224 355 0.30 500 0.29
42x30 HPB4230 HEZD4230 300 0.47 410 0.36
42x36 HPB4236 HEZD4236 175 0.50 385 0.45
48x12 HPB4812 HEZD4812 560 0.06 850 0.08 1160 0.08
48x18 HPB4818 HEZD4818 525 0.17 635 0.18 770 0.10
48x24 HPB4824 HEZD4824 405 0.30 530 0.30 700 0.11
48x30 HPB4830 HEZD4830 325 0.47 440 0.40 705 0.12
48x36 HPB4836 HEZD4836 200 0.50 400 0.50 755 0.12
48x48 HPB4848 HEZD4848 85 0.50 275 0.50 920 0.13
60x18 HPB6018 HEZD6018 660 0.17 735 0.18 835 0.12 1140 0.08
60x24 HPB6024 HEZD6024 505 0.30 615 0.32 700 0.15 1180 0.10
60x30 HPB6030 HEZD6030 410 0.47 520 0.46 650 0.16 1324 0.11
60x36 HPB6036 HEZD6036 250 0.50 380 0.50 665 0.17 1520 0.12
60x48 HPB6048 HEZD6048 105 0.50 230 0.50 750 0.18 2000 0.14
69x15 HPB6915 HEZD6915 900 0.11 950 0.12 1150 0.12 1250 0.11
69x30 HPB6930 HEZD6930 470 0.50 600 0.50 670 0.20 1220 0.13
72x18 HPB7218 HEZD7218 800 0.17 850 0.17 1000 0.15 1200 0.10
72x24 HPB7224 HEZD7224 605 0.30 680 0.31 770 0.19 1135 0.12
72x30 HPB7230 HEZD7230 500 0.47 610 0.50 680 0.21 1200 0.14
72x36 HPB7236 HEZD7236 300 0.50 390 0.50 655 0.23 1325 0.16
72x48 HPB7248 HEZD7248 130 0.50 215 0.50 685 0.25 1670 0.18
84x24 HPB8424 HEZD8424 705 0.30 765 0.31 870 0.23 1150 0.15
84x30 HPB8430 HEZD8430 570 0.47 650 0.49 735 0.27 1150 0.18
84x36 HPB8436 HEZD8436 355 0.50 415 0.50 670 0.29 1210 0.20
84x48 HPB8448 HEZD8448 150 0.50 215 0.50 660 0.33 1460 0.23
96x18 HPB9618 HEZD9618 1050 0.17 1115 0.17 1300 0.18 1500 0.15
96x24 HPB9624 HEZD9624 810 0.30 850 0.31 1000 0.26 1200 0.18
96x30 HPB9630 HEZD9630 655 0.47 710 0.49 800 0.32 1180 0.20
96x36 HPB9636 HEZD9636 405 0.50 450 0.50 710 0.36 1150 0.24
96x48 HPB9648 HEZD9648 170 0.50 200 0.50 650 0.41 1325 0.28

NOTE: The above load chart refers to the deck materials only. Particle board decking is 5/8” industrial grade type 1-M-2. EZ-Deck steel decking is 22 gauge galva-
nized sheet steel fabricated in 6” deep channel planks (models listed above include multiple planks to meet unit depth). 15” deep Ez-Deck will be shipped in two (2)
7 1/2” deep planks. The allowable shelf load capacity may be reduced due to allowable post and / or beam capacities. Specific deflection limits may also reduce the
shelf load capacity. NOTE: EZ-Deck must be center supported on units 48” wide and wider.

Particle EZ-Deck Multiple 6"


deep planks

Board Steel form each level

Decking Decking
Two 7-1/2"
planks will be
supplied on
15" deep units

UNIT DEPTH UNIT WIDTH UNIT DEPTH UNIT WIDTH

NOTE: EZ-Deck steel decking is for use with double rivet units ONLY.
16
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
RIVETWELL LOADS & CAPACITIES
Hallowell-List.com

POST CAPACITY CHART


Recommended safe loads (per post) for use only where seismic forces are not a factor

BEAM STD. ANGLE HEAVY ANGLE BEAM STANDARD/HEAVY-DUTY


SPACING POST CAPACITY POST CAPACITY SPACING T-POST CAPACITY

RIVETWELL™ LOADS & CAPACITIES


12” 1530 1735 12” 5045
18” 1520 1720 18” 4965
24” 1510 1695 24” 4850
30” 1490 1680 30” 4705
36” 1350 1660 36” 4525
42” 990 1560 42” 4315
48” 755 1195 48” 4075

Calculate needed post capacity by multiplying the number of shelves by the per shelf load then divide by 4 (Angle posts ), or by 2 (T-Posts )
then refer to the chart below for the approxamate post needed to meet your job requirement.

Post capacities are based on the maximum vertical distance between left-to-right beams or front-to-back beams, whichever is greater. In single rivet beam units,
the vertical distance between front-to-back beams will usually govern. Tie plates must be spaced no more than 48 inches apart to insure structural stability when
joining angle post together. All units require tie plates at top and bottom.

The above capacities are not intended for use when designing multi-level systems or for specific requirements where seismic forces are a factor.
For specific multi-level or seismic requirements contact your Hallowell Sales Manager.

DESIGN CRITERIA:
BEAM LOAD TABLE (CAPACITY PER PAIR)
All units must have a full perimeter
Recommended safe use allowable uniformly distributed hand loaded static beam loads
of double rivet beams at the top
WITHOUT CENTER. SUPTS.(***) WITH CENTER. SUPTS.(*) and bottom to insure a stable and
LENGTH CAPACITY DEFLECTION CAPACITY DEFLECTION rigid unit. All units using single
(IN.) (LBS.) (IN.) (LBS.) (IN.) rivet beams 10'0" to 18"0" in height,
require an additional double rivet
SINGLE RIVET SHELF BEAMS perimeter beam level located
36 350 0.25 - - approximately in the middle of
STANDARD
BEAM 42 300 0.30 - - the unit.
48 250 0.34 - -
36 600 0.25 - - All single rivet beam units must
HEAVY
DUTY BEAM 42 550 0.30 - - have one (1) intermediate pair of
48 500 0.34 - - front to back beams for 7'0" and
DOUBLE RIVET ANGLE BEAMS 8'0" high units and (2) intermediate
36 1000 *** - - pair of front to back beams for 9'0"

STANDARD BEAM 42 780 *** - - high units. For 10'0" to 18'0" high
48 750 *** 1400** 0.16 units refer to the above paragraph.
60 600 *** 1200 0.25
HEAVY DUTY BEAM 69 525 *** 1050 0.33 DO NOT exceed 48" between front
72 500 *** 1000 0.36 to back beams. Single Rivet and
84 - - 840 0.49 Double Rivet Front-to-Back Beams
96 - - 620 0.53 may be common when using
DOUBLE RIVET CHANNEL BEAMS T-Posts on units up to 8' high.
60 - - 2240 0.23
72 - - 1850 0.33 All intermediate single rivet levels
84 - - 600 0.45 over 24 inches deep must also
96 - - 1400 0.59 have single rivet beams supporting
DOUBLE RIVET Z-BEAMS the particle board front to back.
48 1250 - 1750 -
60 750 - 1000 - All double rivet beam units must
69 600 - 1000 - have front to back beams at each
72 600 - 1000 - shelf level.

(*) One (1) support per pair of beams except 96" which have two (2) supports
(**) Refer to shelf load capacities for beam capacities when depth is 30", 36", and 48"
(***) Beam rotation is less than 5 degrees

17
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RIVETWELL BOLTLESS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP HIGH CAPACITY SHELVING

High Shelf Capacity No Cross Braces 360°Access

HIGH CAPACITY
BOLTLESS SHELVING
HIGH CAPACITY SHELVING

FEATURES:
• Shelves adjust in 1-1/2” increments
• 5 shelf levels
• Easy assembly
• Holds up to 2,300 lb. per shelf
(Based on evenly distributed loads)
• Black powder coat finish
• Levels are center supported for increased capacity

FEATURES:
Angle Post (Standard-Duty): Shall be 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 14 Center Support: Shall be 2-3/4” x 1” x 1” x 16 gauge
gauge cold rolled steel corner post uprights. cold rolled steel. Used to provide additional shelf support
Double Rivet Angle Beam (Standard-Duty): Shall be front-to-back by bolting between double rivet beams at pre-
2-3/4” x 1” x 16 gauge cold rolled steel. Typical for beams up punched locations.
to 36” in length. Steel Decking: Shall be 14 gauge cold rolled sheet steel
Double Rivet Angle Beam (Heavy-Duty): Shall be 2-3/4” with flange formed at front and back designed to overhang
x 1” x 14 gauge cold rolled steel. An upgrade to our standard left to right beams at front and back.
duty double rivet angle beams, our heavy duty double rivet
angle beams provide additional unit rigidity and even higher
shelf capacity. Typical for beams 48” long and greater.

708 Width Depth Height Catalog No. Shelf Capacity


BLACK (ME)
84” HIGH BOLTLESS SHELVING
36 18 84 HCR361884-5ME 2,300
48 18 84 HCR481884-5ME 2,200
48 24 84 HCR482484-5ME 2,000
60 24 84 HCR602484-5ME 2,000
72 24 84 HCR722484-5ME 1,900
72 36 84 HCR723684-5ME 1,900
96 24 84 HCR962484-5ME 1,900
96 36 84 HCR963684-5ME 1,900
96” HIGH BOLTLESS SHELVING
36 18 96 HCR361896-5ME 2,300
48 18 96 HCR481896-5ME 2,200
48 24 96 HCR482496-5ME 2,000
60 24 96 HCR602496-5ME 2,000
72 24 96 HCR722496-5ME 1,900
72 36 96 HCR723696-5ME 1,900
96 24 96 HCR962496-5ME 1,900
96 36 96 HCR963696-5ME 1,900
RED COLOR Denotes Stock Component
18
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HIGH CAPACITY BOLTED
DIE RACK SHELVING Hallowell-List.com

High Shelf Capacity No Cross Braces 360°Access

HIGH CAPACITY DIE RACK SHELVING


FEATURES:
• Shelves adjust in 1” increments
• 5 shelf levels
• Nut and bolt assembly
• Holds up to 2,800 lb. per shelf
(Based on evenly distributed loads)
• Dark Gray powder coat finish
• Shelves are reinforced to prevent
deflection under heavy loading

FEATURES:
Angle Post: Are 13 gauge cold rolled steel 2" x 2" corner Shelf Stiffener: An 18 gauge hat channel shape stiffener
post uprights punched on 1” centers for adjusting shelves is welded to the underside of the shelf running left to
High Capacity Shelves: Are 14 gauge cold rolled steel right increasing capacity and preventing deflection under
and double flanged at all four sides. All four corners are heavy loading.
punched to allow shelves to be securely bolted to angle
posts. Minimum four nuts and bolts per corner.

High Capacity Reinforced


Bolted Shelving

Shelf Stiffener

Cross-section view shows Individual reinforced shelf


for bolted die shelving.

Width Depth Height Catalog No. Shelf Capacity 725


DARK GRAY (HG)
84” HIGH BOLTED SHELVING
36 18 84 HCS361884-5HG 2,800
48 18 84 HCS481884-5HG 2,600
48 24 84 HCS482484-5HG 2,500
60 24 84 HCS602484-5HG 2,300
72 24 84 HCS722484-5HG 2,000
RED COLOR Denotes Stock Component
19
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HI-TECH SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
HI-TECHTM STEEL SHELVING

Hi-Tech shelving has the strength needed to


handle most industrial applications and versatility for
today’s modern facilities. Every shelving unit is designed
and engineered to meet the highest standards.

A full complement of accessories including full dividers,


partial dividers, label holders, swinging doors, post
splices for multilevel systems and foot plates are
available to complete your system.

3 DAY
SHIPPING
ON ALL IN-STOCK
Hi-Tech SHELVING

725
DARK GRAY (HG)

20
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK HI-TECH SHELVING
HI-TECH SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com

BOX FORMED SHELVES


• Tubular welded box beam front and rear for
maximum strength
• Exclusive triple bend side flanges for
added strength
• Lapped and welded corners
• Top of shelf is punched to accept shelf dividers

ANGLE BACK POSTS & T-POSTS

HI-TECHTM STEEL SHELVING


• Roll formed into a unique angle shape
for maximum strength
• The long leg is punched on 1-1/2" centers to
allow independent shelf adjustment
• Angle Posts can be used in place of Beaded
Front Posts if desired

BEADED FRONT POSTS


• Beaded for strength
• Flush to permit straight-in/straight-out shelf
installation, shelf changing and full use of
shelf width
• Punched on 1-1/2" centers to allow
independent shelf adjustment

H-POSTS
• Designed for high-density applications
• More than twice the capacity of standard posts
• Used at front and back
• Used with standard Hi-Tech components

ONE PIECE SHELF CLIP


• Four sturdy and compact clips per shelf
• Keys firmly into post slots to hold shelves
securely in place
• Fits Beaded Front, Angle Back Posts and T-Posts
• Non-Intrusive clip sits flush with inside edge
of front posts

ACCESSORIES

Base Strips Swinging Doors Shelf Dividers


Close bottom to prevent Allow cabinet-style storage For organized storage
debris accumulation

21
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK HI-TECH SHELVING
QUICK HI-TECH OPEN SHELVING UNITS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

5-Shelf Unit 6-Shelf Unit 8-Shelf Unit Shelf
W D H Cat No. Cat No. Cat No. Capacity*

Medium-Duty
36 12 87 Starter 4510-12 4511-12 4513-12 500*
36 12 87 Adder A4510-12 A4511-12 A4513-12 500*
36 18 87 Starter 4510-18 4511-18 4513-18 500*
36 18 87 Adder A4510-18 A4511-18 A4513-18 500*
36 24 87 Starter 4510-24 4511-24 4513-24 500*
36 24 87 Adder A4510-24 A4511-24 A4513-24 500*

STARTER 48 12 87 Starter 4710-12 4711-12 4713-12 375*
HI-TECHTM STEEL SHELVING

UNIT 48 12 87 Adder A4710-12 A4711-12 A4713-12 375*


48 18 87 Starter 4710-18 4711-18 4713-18 375*
48 18 87 Adder A4710-18 A4711-18 A4713-18 375*
48 24 87 Starter 4710-24 4711-24 4713-24 350*
48 24 87 Adder A4710-24 A4711-24 A4713-24 350*

Heavy-Duty

36 12 87 Starter 5510-12 5511-12 5513-12 800*
36 12 87 Adder A5510-12 A5511-12 A5513-12 800*
36 18 87 Starter 5510-18 5511-18 5513-18 800*
36 18 87 Adder A5510-18 A5511-18 A5513-18 800*
36 24 87 Starter 5510-24 5511-24 5513-24 800*
ADDER 36 24 87 Adder A5510-24 A5511-24 A5513-24 800*
UNIT
48 12 87 Starter 5710-12 5711-12 5713-12 400*
48 12 87 Adder A5710-12 A5711-12 A5713-12 400*
48 18 87 Starter 5710-18 5711-18 5713-18 450*
48 18 87 Adder A5710-18 A5711-18 A5713-18 450*
48 24 87 Starter 5710-24 5711-24 5713-24 500*
48 24 87 Adder A5710-24 A5711-24 A5713-24 500*

Extra Heavy-Duty

36 12 87 Starter 7510-12 7511-12 7513-12 1100*
36 12 87 Adder A7510-12 A7511-12 A7513-12 1100*
5 SHELF
36 18 87 Starter 7510-18 7511-18 7513-18 1200*
36 18 87 Adder A7510-18 A7511-18 A7513-18 1200*
UNIT 36 24 87 Starter 7510-24 7511-24 7513-24 1250*
36 24 87 Adder A7510-24 A7511-24 A7513-24 1250*

48 12 87 Starter 7710-12 7711-12 7713-12 750*
48 12 87 Adder A7710-12 A7711-12 A7713-12 750*
48 18 87 Starter 7710-18 7711-18 7713-18 900*
48 18 87 Adder A7710-18 A7711-18 A7713-18 900*
48 24 87 Starter 7710-24 7711-24 7713-24 900*
48 24 87 Adder A7710-24 A7711-24 A7713-24 900*

Additional Shelves Medium-Duty Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty
6 SHELF Cat No Cat No. Cat No.
UNIT
36 12 5135-3612 5138-3612 5139-3612 See Above
36 18 5135-3618 5138-3618 5139-3618 See Above
36 24 5135-3624 5138-3624 5139-3624 See Above

48 12 5135-4812 5138-4812 5139-4812 See Above
48 18 5135-4818 5138-4818 5139-4818 See Above
48 24 5135-4824 5138-4824 5139-4824 See Above

* Shelf capacity based on a factor of 1.65


Color for all components 725 Dark Gray. Optional colors are available at a nominal charge, additional lead times apply.
8 SHELF
UNIT Open units: Starter units include two beaded front posts, two angle back posts, one pair back sway braces, two pair side sway
braces and 5-8 shelves. Adder units include one beaded front post, two angle back posts, one pair back sway
braces, one pair side sway braces and 5-8 shelves. Starter/Adder units 10’-3” include two pairs back sway braces

725
DARK GRAY (HG)

22
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK HI-TECH SHELVING
HI-TECH CLOSED SHELVING UNITS
Hallowell-List.com


5-Shelf Unit 6-Shelf Unit 8-Shelf Unit Shelf
W D H Cat No. Cat No. Cat No. Capacity*

Medium-Duty
36 12 87 Starter 4520-12 4521-12 4523-12 500*
36 12 87 Adder A4520-12 A4521-12 A4523-12 500*
36 18 87 Starter 4520-18 4521-18 4523-18 500*
36 18 87 Adder A4520-18 A4521-18 A4523-18 500*
36 24 87 Starter 4520-24 4521-24 4523-24 500*
36 24 87 Adder A4520-24 A4521-24 A4523-24 500*

48 12 87 Starter 4720-12 4721-12 4723-12 375*

HI-TECHTM STEEL SHELVING


48 12 87 Adder A4720-12 A4721-12 A4723-12 375*
48 18 87 Starter 4720-18 4721-18 4723-18 375* STARTER
48 18 87 Adder A4720-18 A4721-18 A4723-18 375* UNIT
48 24 87 Starter 4720-24 4721-24 4723-24 350*
48 24 87 Adder A4720-24 A4721-24 A4723-24 350*

Heavy-Duty

36 12 87 Starter 5520-12 5521-12 5523-12 800*
36 12 87 Adder A5520-12 A5521-12 A5523-12 800*
36 18 87 Starter 5520-18 5521-18 5523-18 800*
36 18 87 Adder A5520-18 A5521-18 A5523-18 800*
36 24 87 Starter 5520-24 5521-24 5523-24 800*
36 24 87 Adder A5520-24 A5521-24 A5523-24 800*

48 12 87 Starter 5720-12 5721-12 5723-12 400* ADDER
48 12 87 Adder A5720-12 A5721-12 A5723-12 400* UNIT
48 18 87 Starter 5720-18 5721-18 5723-18 450*
48 18 87 Adder A5720-18 A5721-18 A5723-18 450*
48 24 87 Starter 5720-24 5721-24 5723-24 500*
48 24 87 Adder A5720-24 A5721-24 A5723-24 500*

Extra Heavy-Duty

36 12 87 Starter 7520-12 7521-12 7523-12 1100*
36 12 87 Adder A7520-12 A7521-12 A7523-12 1100*
36 18 87 Starter 7520-18 7521-18 7523-18 1200*
36 18 87 Adder A7520-18 A7521-18 A7523-18 1200*
36 24 87 Starter 7520-24 7521-24 7523-24 1250*
36 24 87 Adder A7520-24 A7521-24 A7523-24 1250* 5 SHELF
UNIT
48 12 87 Starter 7720-12 7721-12 7723-12 750*
48 12 87 Adder A7720-12 A7721-12 A7723-12 750*
48 18 87 Starter 7720-18 7721-18 7723-18 900*
48 18 87 Adder A7720-18 A7721-18 A7723-18 900*
48 24 87 Starter 7720-24 7721-24 7723-24 900*
48 24 87 Adder A7720-24 A7721-24 A7723-24 900*

Additional Shelves Medium-Duty Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty
Cat No. Cat No. Cat No.

36 12 5135-3612 5138-3612 5139-3612 See Above
36 18 5135-3618 5138-3618 5139-3618 See Above 6 SHELF
36 24 5135-3624 5138-3624 5139-3624 See Above UNIT

48 12 5135-4812 5138-4812 5139-4812 See Above
48 18 5135-4818 5138-4818 5139-4818 See Above
48 24 5135-4824 5138-4824 5139-4824 See Above

* Shelf capacity based on a factor of 1.65


Color for all components 725 Dark Gray. Optional colors are available at a nominal charge, additional lead times apply.

Closed units: Starter units include two beaded front posts, two angle back posts, one back panel assembly, two side panel assemblies
and 5-8 shelves. Adder units include one beaded front post, two angle back posts, one back panel assembly, one side panel 8 SHELF
assembly and 5-8 shelves. UNIT

725
DARK GRAY (HG)

23
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK HI-TECH SHELVING
QUICK HI-TECH OPEN & CLOSED
Hallowell-List.com SHIP FREE STANDING UNITS

5-Shelf Unit 6-Shelf Unit 8-Shelf Unit Shelf


W D H
Cat No. Cat No. Cat No. Capacity
MEDIUM-DUTY
36 12 87 Open F4510-12 F4511-12 F4513-12 500*
36 12 87 Closed F4520-12 F4521-12 F4523-12 500*
36 18 87 Open F4510-18 F4511-18 F4513-18 500*
36 18 87 Closed F4520-18 F4521-18 F4523-18 500*
36 24 87 Open F4510-24 F4511-24 F4513-24 500*
36 24 87 Closed F4520-24 F4521-24 F4523-24 500*
48 12 87 Open F4710-12 F4711-12 F4713-12 375*
HI-TECHTM STEEL SHELVING

48 12 87 Closed F4720-12 F4721-12 F4723-12 375*


48 18 87 Open F4710-18 F4711-18 F4713-18 375*
48 18 87 Closed F4720-18 F4721-18 F4723-18 375*
48 24 87 Open F4710-24 F4711-24 F4713-24 350*
48 24 87 Closed F4720-24 F4721-24 F4723-24 350*
5 SHELF HEAVY-DUTY
OPEN UNIT
36 12 87 Open F5510-12 F5511-12 F5513-12 800*
36 12 87 Closed F5520-12 F5521-12 F5523-12 800*
36 18 87 Open F5510-18 F5511-18 F5513-18 800*
36 18 87 Closed F5520-18 F5521-18 F5523-18 800*
36 24 87 Open F5510-24 F5511-24 F5513-24 800*
36 24 87 Closed F5520-24 F5521-24 F5523-24 800*
48 12 87 Open F5710-12 F5711-12 F5713-12 400*
48 12 87 Closed F5720-12 F5721-12 F5723-12 400*
48 18 87 Open F5710-18 F5711-18 F5713-18 450*
48 18 87 Closed F5720-18 F5721-18 F5723-18 450*
48 24 87 Open F5710-24 F5711-24 F5713-24 500*
48 24 87 Closed F5720-24 F5721-24 F5723-24 500*
6 SHELF EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY
CLOSED UNIT 36 12 87 Open F7510-12 F7511-12 F7513-12 1100*
36 12 87 Closed F7520-12 F7521-12 F7523-12 1100*
36 18 87 Open F7510-18 F7511-18 F7513-18 1200*
36 18 87 Closed F7520-18 F7521-18 F7523-18 1200*
36 24 87 Open F7510-24 F7511-24 F7513-24 1250*
36 24 87 Closed F7520-24 F7521-24 F7523-24 1250*
48 12 87 Open F7710-12 F7711-12 F7713-12 750*
48 12 87 Closed F7720-12 F7721-12 F7723-12 750*
48 18 87 Open F7710-18 F7711-18 F7713-18 900*
48 18 87 Closed F7720-18 F7721-18 F7723-18 900*
48 24 87 Open F7710-24 F7711-24 F7713-24 900*
48 24 87 Closed F7720-24 F7721-24 F7723-24 900*
8 SHELF
OPEN UNIT Additional Shelves Medium-Duty Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty
Cat No. Cat No. Cat No.
36 12 5135-3612 5138-3612 5139-3612 See Above
36 18 5135-3618 5138-3618 5139-3618 See Above
36 24 5135-3624 5138-3624 5139-3624 See Above
48 12 5135-4812 5138-4812 5139-4812 See Above
48 18 5135-4818 5138-4818 5139-4818 See Above
48 24 5135-4824 5138-4824 5139-4824 See Above

* Shelf capacity based on a factor of 1.65


Color for all components 725 Dark Gray. Optional colors are available at a nominal charge, additional lead times apply.

Open units: Units include four angle posts, one pair back sway braces, two pair side sway braces and 5-8 shelves.
Closed units: Units include four angle posts, two side panel assemblies, one back panel assembly and 5-8 shelves.

725
DARK GRAY (HG)

24
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK HI-TECH SHELVING
HI-TECH MEDSAFE
ANTIMICROBIAL SHELVING Hallowell-List.com

OPEN UNITS 8 SHELF


8-Shelf Unit 11-Shelf Unit Shelf OPEN ADDER UNIT
W D H
Cat. No. Cat. No. Capacity*
36 12 87 Starter 4513-12PL-AM 451C-12PL-AM 500
36 12 87 Adder A4513-12PL-AM A451C-12PL-AM 500

HI-TECHTM STEEL SHELVING


36 18 87 Starter 4513-18PL-AM 451C-18PL-AM 500
36 18 87 Adder A4513-18PL-AM A451C-18PL-AM 500
36 24 87 Starter 4513-24PL-AM 451C-24PL-AM 500
36 24 87 Adder A4513-24PL-AM A451C-24PL-AM 500
48 12 87 Starter 4713-12PL-AM 471C-12PL-AM 375
48 12 87 Adder A4713-12PL-AM A471C-12PL-AM 375
48 18 87 Starter 4713-18PL-AM 471C-18PL-AM 375 11 SHELF
48 18 87 Adder A4713-18PL-AM A471C-18PL-AM 375 OPEN STARTER UNIT

48 24 87 Starter 4713-24PL-AM 471C-24PL-AM 350


48 24 87 Adder A4713-24PL-AM A471C-24PL-AM 350

* Shelf capacity based on a uniformly distributed load and a safety factor of 1.65

Open Units:
Starter units include two beaded front posts, two angle back posts, one pair back sway
braces, two pair side sway braces and 5-8 shelves. Adder units include one beaded front post,
two angle back posts, one pair back sway braces, one pair side sway braces and 5-8 shelves.

CLOSED UNITS
8-Shelf Unit 11-Shelf Unit Shelf
W D H
Cat. No. Cat. No. Capacity*
36 12 87 Starter 4523-12PL-AM 452C-12PL-AM 500
36 12 87 Adder A4523-12PL-AM A452C-12PL-AM 500
36 18 87 Starter 4523-18PL-AM 452C-18PL-AM 500
36 18 87 Adder A4523-18PL-AM A452C-18PL-AM 500
36 24 87 Starter 4523-24PL-AM 452C-24PL-AM 500
36 24 87 Adder A4523-24PL-AM A452C-24PL-AM 500
48 12 87 Starter 4723-12PL-AM 472C-12PL-AM 375
11 SHELF
48 12 87 Adder A4723-12PL-AM A472C-12PL-AM 375 CLOSED STARTER
48 18 87 Starter 4723-18PL-AM 472C-18PL-AM 375 UNIT
8 SHELF
48 18 87 Adder A4723-18PL-AM A472C-18PL-AM 375 CLOSED ADDER UNIT
48 24 87 Starter 4723-24PL-AM 472C-24PL-AM 350
48 24 87 Adder A4723-24PL-AM A472C-24PL-AM 350

* Shelf capacity based on a uniformly distributed load and a safety factor of 1.65

Closed Units:
Starter units include two beaded front posts, two angle back posts, one back panel assembly,
two side panel assemblies and 5-8 shelves. Adder units include one beaded front post, two 711
angle back posts, one back panel assembly, one side panel assembly and 5-8 shelves. ANTIMICROBIAL
LIGHT GRAY
(PL-AM)

25
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HI-TECH BIN
Hallowell-List.com SHIP SHELVING UNITS

9 9 6 9
12 12
9 9 6 9
12 12 6
9 9 6 9
12 12 9 9 6 9
6
9 9 6 9
12 12
9 9 6 9
12 12 6
9 9 6 9
12 12 9 9 6 9
9
12 12 12 9 12
12
METAL BIN SHELVING

MODEL 5525 MODEL 5526 MODEL 5527 MODEL 5528 MODEL 5529 MODEL 5530
OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE

14 18”X12” 21 12”x12” 32 9”x9” 48 6”x9” 66 6”x6” 48 6”x9”


SHELF
DEPTH 4 9”x12” 6 6”x12” 12 6”x9” 6 6”x12”
All with 3” high front bins
STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
12” 5525-12 5526-12 5527-12 5528-12 5529-12 5530-12
18” 5525-18 5526-18 5527-18 5528-18 5529-18 5530-18
24” 5525-24 5526-24 5527-24 5528-24 5529-24 5530-24
ADDER ADDER ADDER ADDER ADDER ADDER
12” A5525-12 A5526-12 A5527-12 A5528-12 A5529-12 A5530-12
18” A5525-18 A5526-18 A5527-18 A5528-18 A5529-18 A5530-18
24” A5525-24 A5526-24 A5527-24 A5528-24 A5529-24 A5530-24

9 9 12 12 9 12
9 9 9 12
12 12
9 9 9 12
12 12
9 9 9
12 12 6 12
12 12 6
12 12 12
12 12 12
12 12 12 12
12 12
12 12 12 12 18 12

MODEL 5531 MODEL 5532 MODEL 5533 MODEL 5534 MODEL 5535 MODEL 5536
OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE OPENINGS SIZE

6 6”x12” 12 9”x9” 21 12”x12”


16 9”x9” 12 12”x9” 9 12”x12” 4 9”x12” 6 6”x9” All with 3” high front bins
SHELF 4 9”x12” 3 12”x12” 6 18”x12” 12 12”x12” 12 6”x6”
DEPTH
9 12”x12” 6 18”x12” 1 36”x12” 2 18”x12” 6 12”x12”
2 18”x12”
STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER STARTER
12” 5531-12 5532-12 5533-12 5534-12 5535-12 5536-12
18” 5531-18 5532-18 5533-18 5534-18 5535-18 5536-18
24” 5531-24 5532-24 5533-24 5534-24 5535-24 5536-24
ADDER ADDER ADDER ADDER ADDER ADDER
12” A5531-12 A5532-12 A5533-12 A5534-12 A5535-12 A5536-12
18” A5531-18 A5532-18 A5533-18 A5534-18 A5535-18 A5536-18
24” A5531-24 A5532-24 A5533-24 A5534-24 A5535-24 A5536-24
NOTES: • Starter & adder units are made up of the same components as shown on page 23 and include metal
dividers to create each specific configuration and base strips. 725
• All units shown are 36” wide x 87” high. 48" wide units are also available. DARK GRAY
• Size of openings is indicated by width x height. (HG)
26
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
H-POST DEEP BIN UNITS
Hallowell-List.com

HEAVY-DUTY INDUSTRIAL DEEP BIN


SHELVING UNITS FEATURE:
• H-Post • Horizontal stabilizer beams prevent sway creating
• Heavy-duty Hi-Tech box formed shelves rigid frame.
• Vertical dividers bolt in for added strength & durability • 18 gauge side panels
• 3/4” Plywood back painted Marine Blue [MB] to • All Units 36” wide by 87” high

HI-TECH™
DEEP BIN SHELVING
absorb impact
UP TO
Ideal for storing long items such as tubing, re-bar, 96”
florescent lights, hinges, etc. DEEP

SHELVING
18 BIN UNIT 28 BIN UNIT 50 BIN UNIT 96 BIN UNIT

Total # of # Bins # Bins Nominal Bin Dimensions Starter Adder


Bins Wide High Catalog No. Catalog No.
W D H
18 3 6 12 48 10-1/2 HDB18-48 AHDB18-48
18 3 6 12 72 10-1/2 HDB18-72 AHDB18-72
18 3 6 12 96 10-1/2 HDB18-96 AHDB18-96
28 4 7 9 48 9 HDB28-48 AHDB28-48
28 4 7 9 72 9 HDB28-72 AHDB28-72
28 4 7 9 96 9 HDB28-96 AHDB28-96
50 5 10 7 48 6 HDB50-48 AHDB50-48
50 5 10 7 72 6 HDB50-72 AHDB50-72
50 5 10 7 96 6 HDB50-96 AHDB50-96
96 8 12 4-1/2 48 4-1/2 HDB96-48 AHDB96-48
96 8 12 4-1/2 72 4-1/2 HDB96-72 AHDB96-72
96 8 12 4-1/2 96 4-1/2 HDB96-96 AHDB96-96

Notes: • Sides are H-Post with nut/bolt side panel assembly.


707
• Stock Colors - Marine Blue [MB] sides with Light Gray [PL] shelves and dividers. MARINE BLUE (MB)

711
LIGHT GRAY (PL)

27
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK H-POST SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
PROVIDES TWICE THE CAPACITY OF
STANDARD POST SHELVING
H-Post High capacity Shelving is ideal when additional
strength is required for any shelving installation. It is also
recommended for multi-level high-rise applications.

H-Posts are fabricated from 14 gauge cold rolled steel and


formed into a unique tubular design to provide more than
twice the load capacity compared to standard posts.
H-POST SHELVING

ALL SHELVES ALL POSTS


BACK SWAY BRACES SIDE SWAY BRACES
BACK PANELS SIDE PANELS

711 707
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)

28
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK H-POST SHELVING
H-POST SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com

COMBINE WITH STANDARD HI-TECH SHELVING COMPONENTS


H-POST
• Designed for high-density applications
• More than twice the capacity of standard posts
• Used at front and back
• Used with standard Hi-Tech components

BOX FORMED SHELVES

H-POST SHELVING
• Tubular welded box beam front and rear for maximum strength
• Exclusive triple bend side flanges for added strength
• Lapped and welded corners
• Top of shelf is punched to accept shelf dividers

ONE PIECE SHELF CLIP


• Each shelf requires four of these sturdy and compact clips
• Clips key firmly into post slots to hold shelves securely in place
• Also fits Beaded Front, Angle Back Posts and T-Posts
• Provides independent shelf positioning on 1-1/2" centers
• Non-Intrusive clip sits flush with inside edge of front posts

BACK AND SIDE SWAY BRACES


• Standard for open units only
• 11 gauge back and side sway braces create a rigid structure
• Special triple point brace clip provides a strong rigid anchor point
for back sway braces

BACK AND SIDE PANELS


• Standard for closed units only
• Standard stock models include heavy 18 gauge back and side panels for
a strong and durable structure
• Multiple panels are used to create full panel height

FOOT PLATES
• Standard stock units include #5025 standard duty foot plates
• Provide a strong and secure anchoring point

29
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK H-POST SHELVING
QUICK H-POST OPEN SHELVING UNITS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
AVAILABLE IN 7' AND 10' HIGH UNITS

5-Shelf Unit 6-Shelf Unit 8-Shelf Unit Shelf
W D H Cat No. Cat No. Cat No. Capacity*

Heavy-Duty
36 18 87 Starter H5510-1807 H5511-1807 H5513-1807 800*
36 18 87 Adder AH5510-1807 AH5511-1807 AH5513-1807 800*
36 24 87 Starter H5510-2407 H5511-2407 H5513-2407 800*
36 24 87 Adder AH5510-2407 AH5511-2407 AH5513-2407 800*

STARTER 36 18 123 Starter H5510-1810 H5511-1810 H5513-1810 800*
UNIT 36 18 123 Adder AH5510-1810 AH5511-1810 AH5513-1810 800*
36 24 123 Starter H5510-2410 H5511-2410 H5513-2410 800*
H-POST SHELVING

36 24 123 Adder AH5510-2410 AH5511-2410 AH5513-2410 800*



48 18 87 Starter H5710-1807 H5711-1807 H5713-1807 450*
48 18 87 Adder AH5710-1807 AH5711-1807 AH5713-1807 450*
48 24 87 Starter H5710-2407 H5711-2407 H5713-2407 500*
48 24 87 Adder AH5710-2407 AH5711-2407 AH5713-2407 500*

48 18 123 Starter H5710-1810 H5711-1810 H5713-1810 450*
48 18 123 Adder AH5710-1810 AH5711-1810 AH5713-1810 450*
48 24 123 Starter H5710-2410 H5711-2410 H5713-2410 500*
ADDER 48 24 123 Adder AH5710-2410 AH5711-2410 AH5713-2410 500*
UNIT
Extra Heavy-Duty Duty

36 18 87 Starter H7510-1807 H7511-1807 H7513-1807 1200*
36 18 87 Adder AH7510-1807 AH7511-1807 AH7513-1807 1200*
36 24 87 Starter H7510-2407 H7511-2407 H7513-2407 1250*
36 24 87 Adder AH7510-2407 AH7511-2407 AH7513-2407 1250*

36 18 123 Starter H7510-1810 H7511-1810 H7513-1810 1200*
36 18 123 Adder AH7510-1810 AH7511-1810 AH7513-1810 1200*
36 24 123 Starter H7510-2410 H7511-2410 H7513-2410 1250*
36 24 123 Adder AH7510-2410 AH7511-2410 AH7513-2410 1250*
5 SHELF
UNIT 48 18 87 Starter H7710-1807 H7711-1807 H7713-1807 900*
48 18 87 Adder AH7710-1807 AH7711-1807 AH7713-1807 900*
48 24 87 Starter H7710-2407 H7711-2407 H7713-2407 900*
48 24 87 Adder AH7710-2407 AH7711-2407 AH7713-2407 900*

48 18 123 Starter H7710-1810 H7711-1810 H7713-1810 900*
48 18 123 Adder AH7710-1810 AH7711-1810 AH7713-1810 900*
48 24 123 Starter H7710-2410 H7711-2410 H7713-2410 900*
48 24 123 Adder AH7710-2410 AH7711-2410 AH7713-2410 900*



Additional Shelves Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty
6 SHELF Cat No. Cat No.
UNIT
36 18 5138-3618PL 5139-3618PL See Above
36 24 5138-3624PL 5139-3624PL See Above
48 18 5138-4818PL 5139-4818PL See Above
48 24 5138-4824PL 5139-4824PL See Above

* Shelf capacity based on a factor of 1.65

Color: All posts, side sway braces, side panels are 707 Marine Blue.
All shelves, back sway braces, back panels are 711 Light Gray

OPEN UNITS: Starter units include four posts, one back sway brace assembly, two side sway brace assemblies, foot plates and 5-8 shelves.
8 SHELF Adder units include two posts, one back sway brace assembly, one side sway brace assembly, foot plates and 5-8 shelves.
UNIT
ALL SHELVES ALL POSTS
BACK SWAY BRACES SIDE SWAY BRACES
BACK PANELS SIDE PANELS

711 707
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)

30
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK H-POST SHELVING
H-POST CLOSED SHELVING UNITS
Hallowell-List.com

AVAILABLE IN 7' AND 10' HIGH UNITS



5-Shelf Unit 6-Shelf Unit 8-Shelf Unit Shelf
W D H Cat No. Cat No. Cat No. Capacity*

Heavy-Duty
36 18 87 Starter H5520-1807 H5521-1807 H5523-1807 800*
36 18 87 Adder AH5520-1807 AH5521-1807 AH5523-1807 800*
36 24 87 Starter H5520-2407 H5521-2407 H5523-2407 800*
36 24 87 Adder AH5520-2407 AH5521-2407 AH5523-2407 800*
STARTER
36 18 123 Starter H5520-1810 H5521-1810 H5523-1810 800* UNIT
36 18 123 Adder AH5520-1810 AH5521-1810 AH5523-1810 800*
36 24 123 Starter H5520-2410 H5521-2410 H5523-2410 800*

H-POST SHELVING
36 24 123 Adder AH5520-2410 AH5521-2410 AH5523-2410 800*

48 18 87 Starter H5720-1807 H5721-1807 H5723-1807 450*
48 18 87 Adder AH5720-1807 AH5721-1807 AH5723-1807 450*
48 24 87 Starter H5720-2407 H5721-2407 H5723-2407 500*
48 24 87 Adder AH5720-2407 AH5721-2407 AH5723-2407 500*

48 18 123 Starter H5720-1810 H5721-1810 H5723-1810 450*
48 18 123 Adder AH5720-1810 AH5721-1810 AH5723-1810 450*
48 24 123 Starter H5720-2410 H5721-2410 H5723-2410 500* ADDER
48 24 123 Adder AH5720-2410 AH5721-2410 AH5723-2410 500* UNIT

Extra Heavy-Duty Duty

36 18 87 Starter H7520-1807 H7521-1807 H7523-1807 1200*
36 18 87 Adder AH7520-1807 AH7521-1807 AH7523-1807 1200*
36 24 87 Starter H7520-2407 H7521-2407 H7523-2407 1250*
36 24 87 Adder AH7520-2407 AH7521-2407 AH7523-2407 1250*

36 18 123 Starter H7520-1810 H7521-1810 H7523-1810 1200*
36 18 123 Adder AH7520-1810 AH7521-1810 AH7523-1810 1200*
36 24 123 Starter H7520-2410 H7521-2410 H7523-2410 1250*
36 24 123 Adder AH7520-2410 AH7521-2410 AH7523-2410 1250*
5 SHELF
48 18 87 Starter H7720-1807 H7721-1807 H7723-1807 900* UNIT
48 18 87 Adder AH7720-1807 AH7721-1807 AH7723-1807 900*
48 24 87 Starter H7720-2407 H7721-2407 H7723-2407 900*
48 24 87 Adder AH7720-2407 AH7721-2407 AH7723-2407 900*

48 18 123 Starter H7720-1810 H7721-1810 H7723-1810 900*
48 18 123 Adder AH7720-1810 AH7721-1810 AH7723-1810 900*
48 24 123 Starter H7720-2410 H7721-2410 H7723-2410 900*
48 24 123 Adder AH7720-2410 AH7721-2410 AH7723-2410 900*


Additional Shelves Heavy-Duty Extra Heavy-Duty
Cat No. Cat No.
6 SHELF
36 18 5138-3618PL 5139-3618PL See Above UNIT
36 24 5138-3624PL 5139-3624PL See Above
48 18 5138-4818PL 5139-4818PL See Above
48 24 5138-4824PL 5139-4824PL See Above

* Shelf capacity based on a factor of 1.65

Color: All posts, side sway braces, side panels are 707 Marine Blue.
All shelves, back sway braces, back panels are 711 Light Gray

CLOSED UNITS: Starter units include four posts, one back panel assembly, two side panel assemblies, foot plates and 5-8 shelves.
Adder units include two posts, one back panel assembly, one side panel assembly, foot plates and 5-8 shelves. 8 SHELF
UNIT
ALL SHELVES ALL POSTS
BACK SWAY BRACES SIDE SWAY BRACES
BACK PANELS SIDE PANELS

711 707
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)

31
3 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK H-POST SHELVING
QUICK DURATECH™
Hallowell-List.com SHIP PASS-THRU SHELVING

NO CROSS BRACES ™
DURATECH™ PASS-THRU STEEL SHELVING

DuraTech is Hallowell’s newest line of pass-thru steel shelving


requiring no cross braces allowing access from all sides while
providing the maximum strength, durability and stability needed to
handle most industrial applications. DuraTech offers versatility and
durability for today’s modern facilities.

Our complete line of shelving is designed and


engineered to the highest standards.

No Cross Braces 360°Access

A MORE EFFICIENT STORAGE SYSTEM!

• Access from all 4 sides


• Top and bottom firmly attached with steel-grip nuts
for superior strength
• Available in 5, 7 and 8 shelf models
• Four Angle Posts are used per section allowing units
to be individually located, bolted side-by-side or OUR UNIQUE GRIP NUT DESIGN
CREATES A VERY STRONG AND
bolted back-to-back. RIGID STRUCTURE
• Each intermediate shelf uses four sturdy and
compact clips
• Clips key firmly into post slots to hold shelves
securely in place
• Provides independent positioning of intermediate
shelves on 1-1/2” centers
• Bottom shelf is positioned to prevent debris from 725
DARK GRAY
collecting beneath unit (HG)

32
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
DURATECH™
PASS-THRU SHELVING Hallowell-List.com

DURATECH™ PASS-THRU STEEL SHELVING


Top and bottom shelves attach with Bottom shelf is positioned to prevent Top and bottom shelves are triple flanged
bolts at each corner providing a debris from collecting beneath unit at all four sides and bolted to angle posts
strong and rigid structure at all four corners for maximum rigidity,
durability and stability.

Angle posts are roll formed into a Intermediate shelves have a tubular Compression Shelf Clip for
unique angle shape for maximum flange at the front and rear, and intermediate shelves
strength. Leg is punched on 1-1/2” exclusive triple bend sides for
centers to allow independent added strength.
intermediate shelf adjustment

Fully Adjustable Intermediate


Shelves with fixed top and bottom
for a strong unit that DOES NOT
require CROSS Braces

5-SHELF UNIT 7-SHELF UNIT 8-SHELF UNIT


3-ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 5-ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 6-ADJUSTABLE SHELVES

* Capacity 5-Shelf 7-Shelf 8-Shelf


W D H
Per Shelf Catalog No. Catalog No. Catalog No.
36” WIDE UNITS
36 12 87 800 DT5510-12 DT5512-12 DT5513-12
36 18 87 800 DT5510-18 DT5512-18 DT5513-18
36 24 87 800 DT5510-24 DT5512-24 DT5513-24
48” WIDE UNITS
48 12 87 400 DT5710-12 DT5712-12 DT5713-12
48 18 87 450 DT5710-18 DT5712-18 DT5713-18
48 24 87 500 DT5710-24 DT5712-24 DT5713-24
All Units Include: Four angle posts, two DuraTech bolt-in shelves to be used at unit
top and bottom and intermediate adjustable shelves with shelf clips applicable 725
to unit ordered. All DuraTech shelving units are free standing and can be joined DARK GRAY
(HG)
end-to-end or back-to-back.

33
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HI-TECH & H-POST
Hallowell-List.com SHIP COMPONENTS

BEADED FRONT POSTS BACK SWAY BRACES


True flush construction. Slotted on 1-1/2’’ centers to permit easy 1 ’’ x 11 ga. steel strip with safety edges. One pair of braces are
bolted together at center to form an “X”. Ends are rounded and
shelf adjustment. Multiple posts can be spliced for added height.
pierced for mounting to rear posts. See technical data on page
42-43 for bracing information
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5002-3W 11/16" 2-9/16" 3'-3" - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5002-6W 11/16" 2-9/16" 6'-3" - - - 5342-44 36" - - HG PL -
5002-7W 11/16" 2-9/16" 7'-3" HG - - 5342-55 42"/48" - - HG PL -
5002-8W 11/16" 2-9/16" 8'-3" - - -
5002-10W 11/16" 2-9/16" 10'-3" HG - - SIDE SWAY BRACES
5002-12W 11/16" 2-9/16" 12'-3" - - -
1” x 11 ga. steel strip with safety edges. One pair of braces are
HI-TECH™ SHELVING

bolted together at the center to form an “X”. Ends are rounded


and pierced for attaching to front and rear posts in the side
ANGLE BACK POSTS position. See technical data on page 42-43 for bracing informa-
tion.
ngles for single or end units. Slotted on 1-1/2” centers to
A
permit easy shelf adjustment. Multiple posts can be spliced for Part No. W D H Stock Color
added height. 5344-12 - 12" - HG - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color 5344-15 - 15" - - - -
5004-3 1-3/16" 2-5/16" 3'-3" - - - 5344-18 - 18" - HG - -
5004-6 1-3/16" 2-5/16" 6'-3" - - - 5344-24 - 24" - HG - -
5004-7 1-3/16" 2-5/16" 7'-3" HG - - 5344-30 - 30" - - - -
5004-8 1-3/16" 2-5/16" 8'-3" - - - 5344-36 - 36" - - - -
5004-10 1-3/16" 2-5/16" 10'-3" HG - -
5004-12 1-3/16" 2-5/16" 12'-3" - - -

SHELVES
Roll formed rectangular tubular shaped front and rear edges
T-POSTS with return flanges welded on 3” centers to underside of
Constructed by spot welding two back posts together. For use shelf. Sides are triple flanged. All four corners are lapped
when adjoining models are added to form a continuous row. and welded. Top pierced to accept dividers.
Multiple posts can be spliced for added height.

Part No. W D H Stock Color
MEDIUM-DUTY BOX BEAM SHELVES
5006-3 2-3/8" 2-5/16" 3'-3" - - -
5006-6 2-3/8" 2-5/16" 6'-3" - - - Part No. W D H CAPACITY
5006-7 2-3/8" 2-5/16" 7'-3" HG - - PER SHELF Stock Color
5006-8 2-3/8" 2-5/16" 8'-3" - - - 5135-3612 36" 12" - 500 HG - -
5006-10 2-3/8" 2-5/16" 10'-3" HG - - 5135-3618 36" 18" - 500 HG - -
5006-12 2-3/8" 2-5/16" 12'-3" - - - 5135-3624 36" 24" - 500 HG - -
5135-4812 48" 12" - 375 HG - -
5135-4818 48" 18" - 375 HG - -
POST SPLICE CHANNELS 5135-4824 48" 24" - 350 HG - -
A channel formed internal splice. Used to splice beaded
Front posts for added height.
Also, to splice back posts and T-posts SHELF CLIP

Part No. W D H Stock Color One-piece zinc plated compression clip fits snugly against
5009 - - - Plated side of posts to hold shelves in place. Four required per shelf.

Part No. W D H Stock Color
NOTE: For requirements above 16’-3” high, multiple posts can be spliced using 5133 - - - Plated
5009 post splice channels without compromising capacity.
See page 42-43 for unit load and sway brace information.

Red Part Number Denotes Stock Component


Quick-Ship Color Availability As Noted For Each Component

725 711 707


DARK GRAY LIGHT GRAY MARINE BLUE
(HG) (PL) (MB)

34
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HI-TECH & H-POST
COMPONENTS Hallowell-List.com

HEAVY-DUTY BOX BEAM SHELVES BACK PANELS 18 GAUGE


Part No. W D H CAPACITY Two piece sections punched on 1” centers at vertical edges and
center for mounting on back of posts and shelves in models up to
PER SHELF Stock Color
48” wide.
5138-3612 36" 12" - 800 HG - -
5138-3615 36" 15" - 800 - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5138-3618 36" 18" - 800 HG PL - 5110-3603-18 36" --- 3'-3" - PL -
5138-3624 36" 24" - 800 HG PL - 5110-3607-18 36" --- 7'-3" - PL -
5138-3630 36" 30" - 500 - - - 5110-4803-18 48" --- 3'-3" - PL -
5138-3636 36" 36" - 500 - - - 5110-4807-18 48" --- 7'-3" - PL -
NOTE: Backs greater than 3’-3” will be shipped in multiple pieces.
5138-4212 42" 12" - 600 - - -
5138-4215 42" 15" - 600 - - -
5138-4218 42" 18" - 600 - - - BACK PANEL CLIPS
5138-4224 42" 24" - 600 - - -

HI-TECH™ SHELVING
Formed to fit bottom flange of standard shelf and tabbed to pick up
5138-4230 42" 30" - 625 - - - holes in center of back panel section. Holds back panel to shelf
5138-4232 42" 32" - 575 - - - and prevents panel bowing.
5138-4236 42" 36" - 475 - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5138-4812 48" 12" - 400 HG - - 5120 - - - Plated
5138-4815 48" 15" - 425 - - -
5138-4818 48" 18" - 450 HG PL -
5138-4824 48" 24" - 500 HG PL - BASE STRIPS
5138-4830 48" 30" - 500 - - - Shaped to fit directly between bottom shelf and floor. 2-15/16” high
5138-4836 48" 36" - 500 - - - giving an overall base height including bottom shelf of 3”.
Part No. W D H Stock Color
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY BOX BEAM SHELVES 5233-36 36" - - HG - -
Part No. W D H CAPACITY 5233-42 42" - - - - -
PER SHELF Stock Color 5233-48 48" - - HG - -
5139-3612 36" 12" - 1100 HG - -
5139-3615 36" 15" - 1100 - - - SIDE PANELS
5139-3618 36" 18" - 1200 HG PL -
5139-3624 36" 24" - 1250 HG PL - Two piece panels are bolted to standard Beaded, Angle
5139-3630 36" 30" - 900 - - - and Tee Posts when solid sides are required.
5139-3636 36" 36" - 900 - - -
5139-4212 42" 12" - 1100 - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5139-4215 42" 15" - 1100 - - - 5093-1203 - 12" 3'-3" HG - -
5139-4218 42" 18" - 1050 - - - 5093-1206 - 12" 6'-3" HG - -
5139-4224 42" 24" - 900 - - - 5093-1207 - 12" 7'-3" HG - -
5139-4230 42" 30" - 1000 - - - 5093-1507 - 15" 7'-3" - - -
5139-4232 42" 32" - 900 - - - 5093-1803 - 18" 3'-3" HG - -
5139-4236 42" 36" - 900 - - - 5093-1806 - 18" 6'-3" HG - -
5139-4812 48" 12" - 750 HG - - 5093-1807 - 18" 7'-3" HG - -
5139-4815 48" 15" - 750 - - - 5093-2403 - 24" 3'-3" HG - -
5139-4818 48" 18" - 900 HG PL - 5093-2406 - 24" 6'-3" HG - -
5139-4824 48" 24" - 900 HG PL - 5093-2407 - 24" 7'-3" HG - -
5139-4830 48" 30" - 750 - - - 5093-3007 - 30" 7'-3" - - -
5139-4836 48" 36" - 750 - - - 5093-3607 - 36" 7'-3" - - -

BACK PANELS 24 GAUGE Red Part Number Denotes Stock Component


Two piece sections punched on 1” centers at vertical edges Quick-Ship Color Availability As Noted For
and center for mounting on back of posts and shelves in Each Component
models up to 48” wide.
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5110-3603 36" - 3'-3" HG - -
5110-3606 36" - 6'-3" HG - -
5110-3607 36" - 7'-3" HG - -
5110-4203 42" - 3'-3" - - -
5110-4206 42" - 6'-3" - - -
5110-4207 42" - 7'-3" - - -
5110-4803 48" - 3'-3" HG - -
5110-4806 48" - 6'-3" HG - -
5110-4807 48" - 7'-3" HG - -
NOTE: Backs greater than 3’-3” will be shipped in multiple pieces.

35
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HI-TECH & H-POST
Hallowell-List.com SHIP COMPONENTS

SWINGING DOORS (WITH LOCKS) WELDED T-PANELS



Reinforced door / frame attaches to beaded front posts and Sections consisting of beaded front post, back T-Post and one-
opens quietly to a full 150°. Chrome finished handle with built-in piece side panel. For use when adjoining models are added to
grooved key cylinder lock. Positive 3-point locking. Universal form a continuous shelving row. Factory welded.
clips (Part No. 5315) are required to mount doors on beaded Part No. W D H Stock Color
front posts.
5094-1203W - 12" 3'-3" - - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5094-1206W - 12" 6'-3" - - -
5300-3684 36" - 84" HG - -
5094-1207W - 12" 7'-3" - - -
5094-1208W - 12" 8'-3" - - -
5094-1210W - 12" 10'-3" - - -
UNIVERSAL CLIP TO MOUNT DOORS 5094-1507W - 15" 7'-3" - - -
5094-1803W - 18" 3'-3" - - -
vailable in sets of 6. One set required to mount
A 5094-1806W - 18" 6'-3" - - -
HI-TECH™ SHELVING

swinging d oors to beaded front posts.


5094-1807W - 18" 7'-3" - - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5094-1808W - 18" 8'-3" - - -
5315 - - - Plated
5094-1810W - 18" 10'-3" - - -

5094-2403W - 24" 3'-3" - - -
5094-2406W - 24" 6'-3" - - -
5094-2407W - 24" 7'-3" - - -
WELDED END PANELS 5094-2408W - 24" 8'-3" - - -
Sections consisting of beaded front post, angle back post and
5094-2410W - 24" 10'-3" - - -
one-piece side panel. For individual models or starting and 5094-3007W - 30" 7'-3" - - -
ending models in a continuous shelving row. Factory welded. 5094-3607W - 36" 7'-3" - - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5092-1203W - 12" 3'-3" - - - BIN FRONTS
5092-1206W - 12" 6'-3" - - - Offset type with bead at top and triple flange at bottom to tele-
5092-1207W - 12" 7'-3" - - - scope over shelf flange.
5092-1208W - 12" 8'-3" - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5092-1210W - 12" 10'-3" - - - 5220-3601 36" - 1" - - -
5092-1507W - 15" 7'-3" - - - 5220-3603 36" - 3" - - -
5092-1803W - 18" 3'-3" - - - 5220-4203 42" - 3" - - -
5092-1806W - 18" 6'-3" - - - 5220-4803 48" - 3" - - -
5092-1807W - 18" 7'-3" - - -
5092-1808W - 18" 8'-3" - - - PARTIAL DIVIDERS
5092-1810W - 18" 10'-3" - - -
Offset type with bead at top and triple flange at bottom to tele-
5092-2403W - 24" 3'-3" - - -
scope over shelf flange.
5092-2406W - 24" 6'-3" - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5092-2407W - 24" 7'-3" - - - 5250-1202 - 12" 2" - - -
5092-2408W - 24" 8'-3" - - - 5250-1204 - 12" 4" - - -
5092-2410W - 24" 10'-3" - - - 5250-1802 - 18" 2" - - -
5092-3007W - 30" 7'-3" - - - 5250-1804 - 18" 4" - - -
5092-3607W - 36" 7'-3" - - -

FULL DIVIDERS
LABEL HOLDERS Front edge beaded. Top, bottom and rear are flanged.

Part No. W D H Stock Color
Pierced for attaching to front flange of shelves with top
and bottom edges folded over to accommodate labels 5240-1206 - 12" 6" HG - -
approximately 1” high. 5240-1209 - 12" 9" HG - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color 5240-1212 - 12" 12" HG - -
5370-3601 36" - 1" - - - 5240-1806 - 18" 6" HG - -
5370-4201 42" - 1" - - - 5240-1809 - 18" 9" HG - -
5370-4801 48" - 1" - - - 5240-1812 - 18" 12" HG - -
5240-2406 - 24" 6" HG PL -
5240-2407.5 - 24" 7.5" - PL -
5240-2409 - 24" 9" HG - -
725 711 707 5240-2410.5 - 24" 10.5" - PL -
DARK GRAY LIGHT GRAY MARINE BLUE 5240-2412 - 24" 12" HG PL -
(HG) (PL) (MB)
Red Part Number Denotes Stock Component
Quick-Ship Color Availability As Noted For Each Component
36
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HI-TECH & H-POST
COMPONENTS Hallowell-List.com

NYLON BUTTONS DOWN AISLE SUPPORTS FOR BEADED POSTS & H-POSTS
Available in sets of 6. One set required to mount Part No. W D H Stock Color
swinging d oors to beaded front posts. 5905-36 35 3/4" 1-7/8" 4" - - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color 5905-48 47 3/4" 1-7/8" 4" - - -
5260 - - - - - -

DOWN AISLE SUPPORT BRACKETS

H-POSTS Part No. W D H Stock Color


5912 1 7/8" 1-7/8" 3" - - -
Used for high-density shelving requirements. Used with stan-
dard Hi-Tech shelving components side sway braces ( 5341).
Order H-Posts front and back. Minimum order 100 posts. COMBINATION CLIPS

HI-TECH™ SHELVING
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5003-7 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 7'-3" - - MB Part No. W D H Stock Color
5003-8 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 8'-3" - - - 5027 --- --- --- Plated
5003-10 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 10'-3" - - MB
5003-12 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 12'-3" - - -
SIDE PANELS 24 GAUGE FOR H-POST
H-POST SPLICES Fabricated from 24 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, field bolted
to front and back posts. Provide at all side locations for closed
Used to splice H-posts for added height requirements shelving sections. For heights greater than 3’-3”, multiple
Part No. W D H Stock Color sections will be provided to achieve height.
5010 - - - Plated Part No. W D H Stock Color
5091-1207 --- 12" 7'-3" - - -
5091-1507 --- 15" 7'-3" - - -
5091-1803 --- 18" 3'-3" - - -
H-POST SIDE SWAY BRACES 5091-1806 --- 18" 6'-3" - - -
5091-1807 --- 18" 7'-3" - - -
Used with H-Posts only. 5091-2403 --- 24" 3'-3" - - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color 5091-2406 --- 24" 6'-3" - - -
5341-12 - 12" - - - - 5091-2407 --- 24" 7'-3" - - -
5341-15 - 15" - - - - 5091-3007 --- 30" 7'-3" - - -
5341-18 - 18" - - - MB 5091-3607 --- 36" 7'-3" - - -
5341-24 - 24" - - - MB
5341-30 - 30" - - - - SIDE PANELS 18 GAUGE FOR H-POST
5341-36 - 36" - - - -
Fabricated from 18 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, field bolted
to front and back posts. Provide at all side locations for closed
shelving sections. For heights greater than 3’-3”, multiple
CROSS AISLE SUPPORTS FOR BEADED POSTS sections will be provided to achieve height.

Part No. W D H Stock Color
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5091-1803-18 --- 18" 3'-3" - - MB
CAS-36 40" 1-7/8" 4" - - -
5091-1807-18 --- 18" 7'-3" - - MB
CAS-48 52" 1-7/8" 4" - - -
5091-2403-18 --- 24" 3'-3" - - MB

5091-2407-18 --- 24" 7'-3" - - MB

CROSS AISLE SUPPORTS FOR H-POSTS



CONNECTION STRIPS-ROW ENDS
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5910-36 35 7/8" 1-7/8" 4" - - - Part No. W D H Stock Color
5910-48 47 7/8" 1-7/8" 4" - - - 5114-39 2" ---- 38-5/8" - PL -
5114-42 2" ---- 41-5/8" - PL -
5114-45 2" ---- 44-5/5" - PL -
CROSS AISLE SUPPORT BRACKETS 5114-51 2" ---- 50-5/8" - - -
5114-63 2" ---- 62-5/8" - - -
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5114-75 2" ---- 74-5/8" - - -
5914 3 1/2" --- 3" - - -

Red Part Number Denotes Stock Component


Quick-Ship Color Availability As Noted For Each Component
37
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HI-TECH & H-POST COMPONENTS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
CONNECTION STRIPS-INTERMEDIATE COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5115-39 3" ---- 38-5/8" - PL - Beaded Front Posts:
Fabricated from 14 gauge cold rolled steel and roll formed into an 11/16” wide x
5115-42 3" ---- 41-5/8" - PL - 2-9/16” deep tubular section. Rear flanges are welded on 6” centers to provide
5115-45 3" ---- 44-5/5" - PL - maximum strength. Sides of the post are punched 1-1/2” on center with 3/8” x
5115-51 3" ---- 50-5/8" - - - 7/8” rectangular slots to receive shelf clip. Rear flanges of the post have holes
5115-63 3" ---- 62-5/8" - - - punched on 3” centers for the attachment of side sway braces or field attached
5115-75 3" ---- 74-5/8" - - - solid side panels. Provide (1) Beaded Front Post between each adjoining section
and at row ends.
Angle Back Posts:
Fabricated of 14 gauge cold rolled steel and roll formed into a modified unequal
H-POST FOOT PLATE-MEDIUM/LIGHT DUTY angle shape. The long leg shall have holes punched on 1-1/2” centers with 3/8”
x 7/8” rectangular slots to receive shelf clip. The leading edge shall have holes
HI-TECH™ SHELVING

Part No. W D H Stock Color punched on 3” centers for the attachment of side sway braces. The short leg
5025 3-1/2" 2-1/4" 1/8" Plated shall have holes punched on 3” centers for the attachment of back sway braces
or back panels. Provide (1) Angle Back Post at each row end for open-type
shelving applications.
T-Posts:
Shall be fabricated of two angle back posts. The posts are welded together back-
FOOT PLATES FOR BEADED, ANGLE, AND T-POSTS to-back to form a “T”. Welds are on 6” centers for maximum strength. Posts are
used for intermediate back post applications. Provide (1) T Post between each
11 gauge with 14 gauge mounting bracket welded to top
adjoining section for open-type shelving applications.
for bolting to post. Has 7/16” diameter. Hole for floor
anchor bolts. Post Splice Channels:
Part No. W D H Stock Color (For Beaded Front Posts, Angle Posts, and T-Posts) Fabricated from 16 gauge cold
rolled steel and formed into a 11/32” x 1-1/8” x 11/32” channel. 1-1/8” flange is
5050 3-1/2" 2-1/4" 1/8" Plated punched with four holes for assembling to upper and lower posts. Provide at all
post splices when additional height is required.
SHIM PLATES-MEDIUM/LIGHT DUTY H-Posts:
Fabricated from 14 gauge cold rolled steel and roll formed into an 1-1/2” wide x
2-15/16” deep tubular section. Rear flanges are welded on 6” centers to provide
Part No. W D H Stock Color maximum strength. Sides of the post are punched 1-1/2” on center with 3/8” x
5026 3-1/2" 2-1/4" 1/16" Plated 7/8” rectangular slots to receive shelf clip. Rear flanges of the post have holes
punched on 3” centers for the attachment of side sway braces or field attached
solid side panels. Post front is slotted on 3” centers for beam connection and
combination clip attachment and is punched on 3” centers for field attached
FOOT PLATES FOR BEADED, ANGLE, AND T-POSTS back connector strips. Provide (2) H-Posts between each adjoining section and
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY at row ends.
H-Post Splice:
Fabricated from two pieces of 16 gauge cold rolled steel formed into two special
Part No. W D H Stock Color channel shapes that are spot welded together to form a 9-3/4” long connector.
5032 5-1/2" 2-3/8" 3/16" Plated Splice inserts into post and include 6 holes for bolting to posts.
Side Sway Braces:
1” x 11 gauge cold rolled steel strip with safety edges to eliminate sharpness. The
SHIM PLATES FOR BEADED, ANGLE, AND T-POSTS center of two identical pieces shall be punched to be bolted together forming an
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY “X”. Ends shall be rounded and punched for attaching to front and back posts.
Provide between adjoining sections and at row ends for open-type shelving
applications.
Part No. W D H Stock Color Back Sway Braces:
5033 5-1/2" 2-3/8" 1/16" Plated 1” x 11 gauge cold rolled steel strip with safety edges to eliminate sharpness. The
center of two identical pieces shall be punched to be bolted together forming an
“X”. Ends shall be rounded and punched for attaching to two back posts. Provide
H-POST FOOT PLATE (HEAVY-DUTY) at back of all open-type shelving applications.
Back Panels:
Mounting bracket welded to top for bolting inside Fabricated from 24 gauge cold rolled sheet steel. The two outer edges and
H-Posts. the center shall be punched with 5/16” diameter holes on 1” centers running
Part No. W D H Stock Color vertically for assembling to back posts. The center row is used to attach to rear
5015 4" 3-1/2 3/8" Plated of shelf using Back Clips. Provide at back of closed-type shelving sections. For
heights greater than 3’-3”, multiple sections will be provided to achieve height.

H-POST SHIM PLATE


725 711 707
DARK GRAY LIGHT GRAY MARINE BLUE
Fits under foot plate (Part no. 5015) for leveling. (PL)
(HG) (MB)
Part No. W D H Stock Color
5016 4" 3-1/2 1/16" Plated Red Part Number Denotes Stock Component
Quick-Ship Color Availability As Noted For
Each Component

38
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HI-TECH & H-POST COMPONENTS
Hallowell-List.com

Side Panels: Shelves - Heavy Duty:


Fabricated from 24 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, field bolted to front and back Formed with two ribs along the horizontal front and rear edge and are stamped
posts. Provide at all side locations for closed shelving sections. For heights on the top left corner for identification. Class 1 shelves are fabricated from heavy
greater than 3’-3”, multiple sections will be provided to achieve height. gauge cold rolled steel and have roll formed rectangular tubular shaped front and
End Panels: rear edges with return bends resistance welded to the under side of shelf. Welds
Fabricated from 24 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, factory bolted to a Beaded are spaced 3” on center to provide maximum strength. Sides are triple flanged
Front Post and an Angle Back Post. Provide at row ends of closed-type to form a channel. All four corners are lapped and resistance welded to provide
shelving applications or where closed ends are desired on open-type shelving a rigid corner and add extra strength to the shelf. Top surface shall be punched
applications. For heights greater than 3’-3”, multiple sections will be provided for attaching Shelf Dividers from left to right on 1-1/2” centers, front and back,
to achieve height. for 36” wide x 12”, 15”, 18” and 24” deep shelves. All other sizes are punched
on 3” centers. Front and rear surfaces are punched for attaching accessories.
T-Panels: Tubular front edge is designed to protect against impact loads. Used for uniformly
Fabricated from 24 gauge cold rolled sheet steel factory bolted to a Beaded distributed loads up to 800 pounds.
Front Post and two angle back Posts. Provide between sections of closed-
type shelving applications. For heights greater than 3’-3”, multiple sections Shelves - Extra Heavy Duty:
will be provided to achieve height. Formed with two ribs along the horizontal front and rear edge and are stamped
on the top left corner for identification. Class 2 shelves are fabricated from extra

HI-TECH™ SHELVING
Hi-Tech Foot Plate for Beaded, Angle and T-posts #5050 heavy gauge cold rolled steel and have roll formed rectangular tubular shaped
3-1/2” x 2-1/4” x 12 gauge steel plate with angle bracket welded on top. The front and rear edges with return bends resistance welded to the under side of
angle bracket is punched for fastening to front and back posts. The plate shall shelf. Welds are spaced 3” on center to provide maximum strength. Sides are
have a 7/16” diameter hole punched on one end for floor anchoring and a 3/8” triple flanged to form a channel. All four corners are lapped and resistance
diameter hole on the other end for shim plate alignment. Provide as required welded to provide a rigid corner and add extra strength to the shelf. Top surface
for floor anchoring or when shimming is required for a level installation shall be punched for attaching Shelf Dividers from left to right on 1-1/2” centers,
Hi-Tech/H-Post Foot Plate Shim Medium/Light Duty #5026 front and back, for 36” wide x 12”, 15”, 18” and 24” deep shelves. All other sizes
3-1/2” x 2-1/4” x 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel. Fabricated to fit under the are punched on 3” centers. Front and rear surfaces are punched for attaching
foot plate. One end is embossed to fit into the embossment hole in the foot accessories. Tubular front edge is designed to protect against impact loads. Used
plate to keep them properly aligned. The other end shall have a 7/16” diameter for uniformly distributed loads up to 1,200 pounds.
hole to allow floor anchoring. Provide as required when shimming is required Shelf Clips:
for a level installation. Shall be a one piece compression clip drawn from 13 gauge cold rolled steel and
Hi-Tech Foot Plate Extra Heavy Duty #5032 zinc plated. Fits snugly against side of post to hold shelves in place. Provide four
5-1/2” x 2-3/8” x 7 gauge steel plate with angle bracket welded on top. The per shelf.
angle bracket is punched for fastening to front and back posts. The plate Base Strip:
shall have a 7/16” diameter hole punched in both ends for floor anchoring. Made from 22 gauge cold rolled steel offset at top to fit behind the front flange of
Provide as required for floor anchoring or when shimming is required for a shelf. Punched for bolting to holes in the front flange of shelf. Bottom is flanged to
level installation. resist bending.
Hi-Tech Foot Plate Shim Extra Heavy Duty #5033 Label Holders:
5-1/2” x 2-3/8” x 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel. Fabricated to fit under the Made from 22 gauge cold rolled steel. Punched on ends and center for attaching to
Foot Plate. One end is embossed to fit into the embossment in the Foot Plate the front edge of shelves with top and bottom edges folded over to accommodate
to keep them properly aligned. The other end shall have a 7/16” diameter hole labels approximately 1” high.
to allow floor anchoring. Provide as required when shimming is required for
a level installation. Bin Fronts:
Fabricated from 18 gauge cold rolled steel. The top edge is formed into a bead. The
H-Post Foot Plates Medium/Light Duty #5025 bottom shall be triple flanged to telescope over shelf flange and punched to provide
3-1/2” x 2-1/4” x 11 gauge steel plate with U-bracket welded on top. The a means of attaching to shelf.
bracket is punched for fastening to H- posts. The plate shall have a 7/16”
diameter hole punched on one end for floor anchoring and a 3/8” diameter Full Dividers:
hole on the other end for shim plate alignment. Provide as required for floor Fabricated from 24 gauge cold rolled steel. The front edge is beaded. Top and
anchoring or when shimming is required for a level installation. bottom shall be flanged and punched to provide a means of attaching to shelves.
The back edge is flanged to provide rigidity. Dividers are installed using snap-in
H-Post Foot Plate Heavy Duty #5015 nylon fasteners.
4” x 3-1/2” x 3/8” steel plate with U-bracket welded on top. The bracket is
punched for fastening to H- posts. The plate shall have 7/16” diameter holes Partial Dividers:
punched for floor. Provide as required for floor anchoring or when shimming Fabricated from 22 gauge cold rolled steel. The top corners are rounded for
is required for a level installation. increased safety. The bottom flange is punched to provide a means of attaching to
shelf. Dividers are installed using snap-in nylon fasteners.
Heavy Duty H-Post Foot Plate Shim #5016
4” x 3-1/2” x 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel. Fabricated to fit under the foot Swinging Doors:
plate. Shall have a 7/16” diameter holes to allow floor anchoring and one Fabricated from 20 gauge cold rolled steel with box flanges on all four edges.
emboss for alignment. Provide as required when shimming is required for a Swinging doors shall be reinforced with a steel pan type panel inside the door.
level installation. Doors are bolted to a welded door frame consisting of top and bottom channels
Shelves - Medium Duty: and angles at the sides. The door frame side angles are punched on 1” centers for
Formed with two ribs along the horizontal front and rear edge and are stamped attachment. Universal Clips shall be supplied to attach door & frame assembly to
on the top left corner for identification. Class 0 shelves are fabricated from the Beaded Front Posts. One chrome finished turn handle with built-in cylinder key
cold rolled steel and have roll formed rectangular tubular shaped front and lock shall be included providing three point positive locking.
rear edges with return bends resistance welded to the under side of shelf. Universal Clip:
Welds are spaced 3” on center to provide maximum strength. Sides are triple Fabricated from 16 gauge cold rolled steel formed into an angle with three slotted
flanged to form a channel. All four corners are lapped and resistance welded holes on one flange and one long slot in the other flange, which is also offset to fit in
to provide a rigid corner and add extra strength to the shelf. Top surface shall Beaded Front Post. Provide when Swinging Doors are required.
be punched for attaching Shelf Dividers From left to right on 1-1/2” centers,
front and back, for 36” wide x 12”, 15”, 18” and 24” deep shelves. All other
sizes are punched on 3” centers. Front and rear surfaces are punched for
attaching accessories. Tubular front edge is designed to protect against
impact loads. Used for uniformly distributed loads up to 500 pounds.

39
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK MULTI-LEVEL HIGH-RISE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP SHELVING SYSTEMS

MULTI-LEVEL HIGH-RISE
SHELVING SYSTEMS
Complete high-rise modular systems make it
easy to create that perfect shelving solution to
maximize space in any facility.

Shelving Supported Mezzanines


HI-TECH™ SHELVING

(Deck-over shelving)

Save space by going up instead of


out! Maximize your warehouse
efficiency by using it’s full capacity
wall-to-wall and floor-to-ceiling.
By using our Hi-Tech, Rivetwell, Bulk
Rack and H-Post shelving Systems, we
are able to double and or even triple
your usable square footage instantly.

Multi-level shelving
(Cat Walk System)
Using pre-engineered components, we can create a
customized multi-level shelving system to meet your
specific needs at a fraction of the cost of constructing a
conventional mezzanine.

40
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
MULTI-LEVEL HIGH-RISE
SHELVING SYSTEMS Hallowell-List.com

Multiple Products for Multiple Applications


High Bay Storage Systems
Shelving Supported Pick Modules
Shelving Supported Catwalk Systems
Safety Guard Rail Systems

Hi-Tech shelving is a complete shelving line with the strength need- A full complement of accessories including full dividers, partial
ed to handle most industrial applications and versatility for today’s dividers, label holders, swinging doors, post splices for multilevel
modern facilities. Every shelving unit is designed and engineered to systems and foot plates are available to complete your system.

HI-TECH™ SHELVING
meet the highest standards.

Hi Tech H-Post Shelving (Floor + 2 Catwalk System)

Welded Bulk Rack (2 Level Catwalk System) Beaded Post / Angle Post (Floor + 2 Catwalk System)

Challenge Us To Meet Your Storage Goals!


Efficient Cost Effective Designs...
Experienced Sales Engineering Surveys...
Local Sales Support Across the Country…
Stock Products in 6 Distribution Centers Nationwide
Call 866-566-0500 or Email [email protected]

41
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HI-TECH & H-POST
Hallowell-List.com SHIP LAYOUT AND GROWTH INFORMATION

SYSTEM LAYOUT INFORMATION

Standard Shelving with Hi-Tech Shelves


HI-TECH™ & H-POST SHELVING

NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL


SHELF WIDTH SHELF WIDTH SHELF WIDTH SHELF WIDTH
+ 1-3/16” + 1/2” + 1/2” + 1/2”

PLUS ADD 3/4” PER ROW

FOR “D” - SINGLE FACE ADD 3/16” TO NOMINAL SHELF DEPTH


FOR “D” - DOUBLE FACE ADD 3/8” TO NOMINAL SHELF DEPTH

H-Post Shelving with Hi-Tech Shelves

D1

NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL


SHELF WIDTH SHELF WIDTH SHELF WIDTH SHELF WIDTH
+ 2-13/16” + 1-5/16” + 1-5/16” + 1-5/16”

PLUS ADD 1-1/2” PER ROW

FOR ”D1” - SINGLE FACE ADD 5/16” TO NOMINAL SHELF DEPTH


FOR “D1” - DOUBLE FACE CLOSED MODELS ADD 13/16” TO NOMINAL SHELF DEPTH
FOR “D1” - DOUBLE FACE OPEN MODELS ADD 29/32” TO NOMINAL SHELF DEPTH
NOTE: ACTUAL SHELF WIDTH IS 5/16” UNDER NOMINAL

NOTES:
1. Width of posts should be added to the nominal shelf width in any
floor plan to determine the overall shelving width.
2. Check “D” and “D1” dimensions for depth/creepage.

42
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HI-TECH & H-POST
TECHNICAL DATA Hallowell-List.com

UNIT LOAD CAPACITY INFORMATION - 1.92 SAFETY FACTOR

STANDARD POST H-POST

HI-TECH™ & H-POST SHELVING


17 Before selecting type of post,
16 consideration should be given to
loads to be carried. Use the
15
formula below to get unit load,
14 then select post type from table.
13
12 (B-2) x A = Unit Load
11 A = Shelf Load
10 (See note 2)

H - 15,500 LBS
H - 16,800 LBS

H - 16,000 LBS

H - 15,000 LBS
H - 16,500 LBS

9 B = Shelves per unit


(includes top and
8
S - 8,300 LBS

bottom shelves)
S - 7,600 LBS

7
6 WARNING:
5 Use H-Posts for:
S - 6,700 LBS

4 • High-rise applications
S - 5,000 LBS

S - 4,000 LBS

3 • Pass-through applications
2
regardless of load
• High-density, multi-level
1
applications
UNIT LOAD 12” 18” 24” 30” 36”
(000 LBS) SHELF SPACING

TYPICAL SWAY BRACE


INSTALLATIONS
FOR SEISMIC ZONE NO. 0 & 1

Standard Shelving (Beaded Front Posts)


High-Density Shelving (H-Posts)

8’ 3”
8’ 3” To
7’ 3” To 7’ 3” 10’ 3”
10’ 3”

Use of Side Sway Braces Use of Back Sway Braces (Part No. 5342) for
(Part No. 5344 – Standard Shelving) both standard and high density shelving
(Part No. 5341–High-Density Shelving)

NOTES: 1-When splicing posts for increased heights or for multi-level shelving, use the proper number of braces required for the height of the posts being added.
Example: a 10’-3” model increased another 10’-3” in height would require 4 sets of side sway braces and 4 sets of back braces.
2-For additional bracing requirements in Seismic Zones No. 2, 3 and 4, consult the Hallowell Applications Engineering Department.

43
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK H-POST BULK RACK
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

FEATURES:
SHELVING
H-POST BULK
HI-TECH™ RACK

3 shelf levels per unit


adjust on 3” centers

Welded uprights consist of


14 gauge channel bracing welded
to H-Post vertical members

14 gauge steel step beams


with 10 gauge brackets

BEAMS & STEEL POSTS &


DECKING UPRIGHTS

711 707
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)

Choice of optional particle


board, waterfall wire and
steel shelf decking
14 gauge front-to-back formed
angle bracing supports

44
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
H-POST BULK RACK
UNITS Hallowell-List.com

Starter 87” High 123” High


W D *Capacity
Adder Cat. No. Cat. No.
48 24 3,800 Starter HBR482487-3S HBR4824123-3S
48 24 3,800 Adder HBR482487-3A HBR4824123-3A
48 36 3,800 Starter HBR483687-3S HBR4836123-3S
48 36 3,800 Adder HBR483687-3A HBR4836123-3A
48 48 3,800 Starter HBR484887-3S HBR4848123-3S
48 48 3,800 Adder HBR484887-3A HBR4848123-3A
60 24 3,500 Starter HBR602487-3S HBR6024123-3S
60 24 3,500 Adder HBR602487-3A HBR6024123-3A

HI-TECH™ SHELVING
H-POST BULK RACK
60 36 3,500 Starter HBR603687-3S HBR6036123-3S
60 36 3,500 Adder HBR603687-3A HBR6036123-3A
STARTER 60 48 3,500 Starter HBR604887-3S HBR6048123-3S
60 48 3,500 Adder HBR604887-3A HBR6048123-3A
72 24 3,500 Starter HBR722487-3S HBR7224123-3S
72 24 3,500 Adder HBR722487-3A HBR7224123-3A
72 36 3,500 Starter HBR723687-3S HBR7236123-3S
72 36 3,500 Adder HBR723687-3A HBR7236123-3A
72 48 3,500 Starter HBR724887-3S HBR7248123-3S
72 48 3,500 Adder HBR724887-3A HBR7248123-3A
96 24 3,000 Starter HBR962487-3S HBR9624123-3S
96 24 3,000 Adder HBR962487-3A HBR9624123-3A
96 36 3,000 Starter HBR963687-3S HBR9636123-3S
96 36 3,000 Adder HBR963687-3A HBR9636123-3A
96 48 3,000 Starter HBR964887-3S HBR9648123-3S
96 48 3,000 Adder HBR964887-3A HBR9648123-3A

ADDER EXTRA LEVELS


48 24 3,800 Level HBRL4824
48 36 3,800 Level HBRL4836
48 48 3,800 Level HBRL4848
60 24 3,500 Level HBRL6024
60 36 3,500 Level HBRL6036
60 48 3,500 Level HBRL6048
72 24 3,500 Level HBRL7224
72 36 3,500 Level HBRL7236
72 48 3,500 Level HBRL7248
96 24 3,000 Level HBRL9624
96 36 3,000 Level HBRL9636
EXTRA LEVEL
96 48 3,000 Level HBRL9648

* Capacity is beam pair capacity and is based on a uniformly distributed load. Includes a 1.65 safety factor
UNIT COMPONENTS:

Starter units include 2 upright frames; add-on units include 1 upright frame.

Units with steel deck, wire deck and no deck include 1 front to back support for 48” and 60” wide and 2 for 72” and 96” wide.

Units with particle board deck include 2 front to back supports for 48” and 60” wide and 3 for 72” wide and 4 for 96” wide.

BEAMS & STEEL POSTS &


DECKING UPRIGHTS

711 707
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)

45
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK H-POST BULK RACK
Hallowell-List.com SHIP COMPONENTS & DECKING

Bulk Rack Catalog Stock Catalog


Components
W D H No.
W D *Capacity
No. Color
BULK RACK WELDED UPRIGHTS PARTICLE BOARD DECKING
5031-2407 ---- 24" 87" MB HPB4824 48" 24" 530
HPB4830 48" 30" 440
5031-3007 ---- 30" 87" ---- HPB4836 48" 36" 400
5031-3607 ---- 36" 87" MB HPB4842 48" 42" 300
5031-4207 ---- 42" 87" ---- HPB4848 48" 48" 275
5031-4807 ---- 48" 87" MB HPB6024 60" 24" 615
5031-2408 ---- 24" 99" ---- HPB6030 60" 30" 520
HPB6036 60" 36" 380
5031-3008 ---- 30" 99" ---- HPB6042 60" 42" 305
5031-3608 ---- 36" 99" ---- HPB6048 60" 48" 230
H-POST BULK RACK

5031-4208 ---- 42" 99" ---- HPB7224 72" 24" 770


5031-4808 ---- 48" 99" ---- HPB7230 72" 30" 680
5031-2410 ---- 24" 123" MB HPB7236 72" 36" 655
HPB7242 72" 42" 670
5031-3010 ---- 30" 123" ---- HPB7248 72" 48" 685
5031-3610 ---- 36" 123" MB HPB9624 96" 24" 1,200
5031-4210 ---- 42" 123" ---- HPB9630 96" 30" 1,180
5031-4810 ---- 48" 123" MB HPB9636 96" 36" 1,150
5031-2412 ---- 24" 147" ---- HPB9642 96" 42" 1,110
HPB9648 96" 48" 960
5031-3012 ---- 30" 147" ----
WATERFALL WIRE DECKING
5031-3612 ---- 36" 147" ----
HWDW3024 30" 24" 605
5031-4212 ---- 42" 147" ---- HWDW3030 30" 30" 455
5031-4812 ---- 48" 147" ---- HWDW3036 30" 36" 455
HWDW3042 30" 42" 300
BULK RACK BEAMS HWDW3048 30" 48" 300
5029-48 48" ---- 3-1/2" PL HWDW3624 36" 24" 605
5029-60 60" ---- 3-1/2" PL HWDW3630 36" 30" 455
HWDW3636 36" 36" 455
5029-72 72" ---- 3-1/2" PL
HWDW3642 36" 42" 300
5029-84 84" ---- 3-1/2" ---- HWDW3648 36" 48" 300
5029-96 96" ---- 3-1/2" PL HWDW4824 48" 24" 605
HWDW4830 48" 30" 455
BULK RACK FRONT TO BACK SUPPORTS HWDW4836 48" 36" 455
5030-24 1" 24" 1" PL HWDW4842 48" 42" 300
HWDW4848 48" 48" 300
5030-30 1" 30" 1" ---- - For 60” wide, use 2 30” wide per level.
5030-36 1" 36" 1" PL - For 72” wide, use 2 36” wide per level.
- For 96” wide, use 2 48” wide per level.
5030-42 1" 42" 1" ----
STEEL SHELF DECKING
5030-48 1" 48" 1" PL HSSD4824 48" 24" 605
HSSD4830 48" 30" 455
HSSD4836 48" 36" 455
HSSD4842 48" 42" 305
HSSD4848 48" 48" 305
HSSD6024 60" 24" 1210
HSSD6030 60" 30" 910
HSSD6036 60" 36" 910
HSSD6042 60" 42" 610
HSSD6048 60" 48" 610
HSSD7224 72" 24" 1210
HSSD7230 72" 30" 910
HSSD7236 72" 36" 910
HSSD7242 72" 42" 610
HSSD7248 72" 48" 610
HSSD9624 96" 24" 1210
HSSD9630 96" 30" 910
HSSD9636 96" 36" 910
HSSD9642 96" 42" 610
BEAMS & STEEL POSTS & HSSD9648 96" 48" 610
DECKING UPRIGHTS
* Capacity is based on a uniformly distributed load
711 707 and includes a 1.65 safety factor
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)

46
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
H-POST
REEL RACKS Hallowell-List.com

With Hallowell’s H-Post as the vertical members of this unique


storage rack, our Reel Storage Rack provides the strength and
adjustability to store and dispense a wide variety of cable, rope
and wire or any other spooled material.

H-POST REEL RACK


99” HIGH 123” HIGH HEAVY-DUTY AXLE SUPPORTS
3-AXLE UNIT 4-AXLE UNIT ADJUST ON 3” CENTERS

• Axle position adjusts in 3” increments to accommodate a variety of spool diameters on the same rack
• Steel frame construction is designed to support 2,000-lbs per axle evenly distributed
• Total unit capacity of 6,000-lbs.

Starter Unit Add-On Unit


W D H Includes
Cat. No. Cat. No.
REEL STORAGE RACK BEAMS, BASE POSTS -
& AXEL BRACKETS UPRIGHTS
36" 36" 99" (3) 2-3/8" O.D. Axles, 3 Pairs Axle Bracket HRR363699-3S HRR363699-3A
48" 36" 99" (3) 2-3/8" O.D. Axles, 3 Pairs Axle Bracket HRR483699-3S HRR483699-3A 711 707
LIGHT GRAY (PL) MARINE BLUE (MB)
36" 36" 123" (4) 2-3/8" O.D. Axles, 4 Pairs Axle Bracket HRR3636123-4S HRR3636123-4A
48" 36" 123" (4) 2-3/8" O.D. Axles, 4 Pairs Axle Bracket HRR4836123-4S HRR4836123-4A

Starter Unit: Consists of 4 H-posts 2 base channels, 3 stabilizing beams, 2 sets of sway braces/gussets and the
applicable number of axles and axle bracket pairs.
Adder Unit: Consists of 2 H-posts, 1 base channels, 3 stabilizing beams, 1 set of sway braces/gussets and the
applicable number of axles and axle bracket pairs.

47
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK BIN SHELVING
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
UTILITY

FITS 8
4” BINS
ACROSS
Hallowell bin shelving is a great way to organize and manage your parts
department. Easily configurable with your favorite bin size, color and
style. Each shelving unit is complete with (4) posts, shelves, side and
back sway bracing and hardware for easy assembly. FITS 5
6” BINS
• Shelves adjust in 1” increments
BIN SHELVING UNITS

ACROSS
• Many shelf combinations available - see chart below
• Easy assembly
• Sway Braces for added stability
• Durable powder coat finish
• Nut & bolt assembly FITS 3
10” BINS
ACROSS
FEATURES:
Angle Post (Standard-Duty):
1-1/2” x 1-1/2”, 16 gauge cold rolled steel
corner post uprights, 4 per unit.
Shelves:
22 gauge cold rolled steel,Triple flanged,
FITS 4
adjust 1” on center. 8” BINS
ACROSS
Sway Braces:
1’’ wide 14 ga. steel. Braces are bolted
together at center to form an “X”. Ends
are rounded and pierced for mounting to
5 SHELF 10 SHELF
rear and side posts. 75” HIGH UNIT
39” HIGH UNIT
(BINS NOT INCLUDED) (BINS NOT INCLUDED)

1160
UTILITY GRAY (UG)

*PLASTIC BINS NOT INCLUDED


*RECOMMENDED *RECOMMENDED
WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT NUMBER OF CATALOG NO. LOAD COLOR BIN WIDTH BIN HEIGHT
SHELVES CAPACITY QTY. PER SHELF RANGE
4” 6” 8” 10”
39 INCH HIGH UNITS
36 12 39 4 HUBS629-4 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 7”- 8”
36 12 39 5 HUBS629-5 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 5”- 6”
36 12 39 6 HUBS629-6 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 4”- 5”
36 18 39 4 HUBS689-4 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 7”- 8”
36 18 39 5 HUBS689-5 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 5”- 6”
36 18 39 6 HUBS689-6 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 4”- 5”
75 INCH HIGH UNITS
36 12 75 6 HUBS625-6 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 10”-11”
36 12 75 7 HUBS625-7 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 8”- 9”
36 12 75 8 HUBS625-8 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 7”- 8”
36 12 75 10 HUBS625-10 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 5 7/8”- 6”
36 12 75 13 HUBS625-13 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 3”- 4”
36 18 75 6 HUBS685-6 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 10”-11”
36 18 75 7 HUBS685-7 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 8”- 9”
36 18 75 8 HUBS685-8 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 7”- 8”
36 18 75 10 HUBS685-10 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 5 7/8”- 6”
36 18 75 13 HUBS685-13 400 lbs UG 8 5 4 3 3”-4”

48
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
PORTABLE GATES
Hallowell-List.com

THE PERFECT TRAFFIC SOLUTION


SECURITY • TRAFFIC CONTROL • PORTABILITY
• In Stock for shipment within 5 days of receipt of order
• Quick and easy installation. Install between two walls instantly without anchors to walls or floor
• Simplified, patented pressure lock system
• Floor anchors are not required but are available for special installations
• Compact, fold-up size and heavy duty swivel casters make moving and storage easy

SUPERIOR® PORTABLE GATES


• Plated finish
• Padlock hasp is standard
• Cylinder locks are available for additional security
• Two or more gates can be joined together for large expanse

Here's how the exclusive Superior® Pressure Lock System works:


1. Raise unit retainer channel to vertical position and secure
2. Extend gate until rubber bumpers touch both walls
3. Lower the male lock channel (with pin) until it rests on carriage channels within guides and locking bracket.
4. Lower female lock channel (with adjustment holes) until it rests within the male lock channel with pin.
Pin need not engage a hole in female lock channel.
5. Raise both channels until pin engages the hole immediately to the right. Applying moderate pressure, push
both channels down until they rest within guides and locking bracket. Lock in position.

Superior® Portable Gates


are ideal for:
Schools
Shopping Malls
Recreation Centers
Factories
Libraries
Hospitals
Office Buildings
Financial Institutions
Theaters
Museums

Five sizes to accommodate 3’-6” wide to 18’-0” wide conditions.


Connect multiple gates together for wider applications.

Model For Openings Collapsed Size Height Weight (lbs)


P601-06 3'-6'' to 6'-0'' 19'' x 30'' 6'-6-1/2'' 193
P601-09 6'-0'' to 9'-0'' 19'' x 30'' 6'-6-1/2'' 197
P601-12 7'-0'' to 12'-0'' 24'' x 30'' 6'-6-1/2'' 254 PLATED
P601-15 11'-0'' to 15'-0'' 30'' x 30'' 6'-6-1/2'' 311
FINISH
P601-18 13'-0'' to 18'-0'' 30'' x 30'' 6'-6-1/2'' 374
PG-CL Cylinder Locks
PG-FAA Floor Anchors
PG-A Additional Anchors

49
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK GUARDRAIL
Hallowell-List.com SHIP & GUARDRAIL POSTS

GUARDRAIL
Hallowell guardrail is designed, engineered, and manufactured Each Hallowell Guardrail system is designed for your specific
to the highest industry standards, using heavy gauge steel, and safety application. It is recommended to use 18” high for impact
a unique integrated fastening system. This integrated system protection of facility assets including office in-plants, conveyor
incorporates the fastening hardware as part of the column systems, mezzanines, shelving and racking systems. The use
design so there will be no “stripped” out connections. A properly of the 42” double rail system is recommended when protecting
installed and anchored guardrail system is designed to safeguard and separating pedestrians and personnel from your material
people, property and facility assets from accidents involving handling equipment. These areas include walkways, bathrooms,
material handling equipment. entry and exit points, electrical panels, break areas, and exposed
GUARDRAIL & POST PROTECTORS

work stations.

Guardrail components have an industry approved, safety-yellow


powder-coated finish. All guardrail sections are shipped with the
required fasteners and other necessary hardware to properly
install and anchor into your concrete floor.

Steel post cap snaps on providing a


durable finished installation
Grade 5 hex nuts are welded inside
posts providing maximum bolt grip for
superior installation
Lift-out rail adapter allows for
Straight top access when needed
discourages sitting
on rails HALLOWELL POST PROTECTORS

Designed to protect your investment, Hallowell Post Protectors


are fabricated of extra heavy-duty steel and are available in
three heights to meet your specific requirements. Anchor plates
are 1/4" steel that is welded to 3/8" formed steel uprights and
finished in a bright safety-yellow powder coat.

10” x 10” x 1/2” Post Base Plate AVAILABLE IN THREE HEIGHTS.


Includes ( 4 ) LDT anchors Description Height Catalog No.

Post Protector 12" PP070712SY


SAFETY
YELLOW Post Protector 18" PP070718SY
Post Protector 24" PP070724SY
Description Nom. Length Height Weight Catalog Number
(Ft.) (in.) (Lbs.)
Rail 3' 22
GR-03
Rail 4' 26
GR-04
Rail 5' 35
GR-05 7” x 7” x 1/4” Base
Rail 6' 41
GR-06 Plate with the industry’s
Rail 7' 46
GR-07 widest throat increasing
Rail 8' 53
GR-08 space between rack
Rail 9' 60
GR-09
post and protector
Rail 10' 65
GR-10
allowing protector to
Post 18" 33 GRPA18-1
absorb impact without
Post 42" 51 GRPA42-2
Lift-out rail Adapter (pair) 12 LOA
hitting the post
45 Degree Angle Bracket 6 45-BRACKET
*Drill Bit - - 0.1 17mm-Drill-Bit

* Required to install /anchor posts

24” Height 18” Height 12” Height

50
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
SLIMLINE
STEEL CABINETS Hallowell-List.com

SPACE SAVING CABINETS

RIVETWELL™
SLIMLINE CABINETS
SHELVING
Features:
• All components precision engineered with no
bolt heads showing on front and side panels.
• Storage - 3 adjustable full-width shelves
2 shelves in 42” high
• 2-1/2” 5-knuckle hinges
• 22-ga. Steel Construction
• Double door design, Single Door for 18” wide
• Flush mounted, recessed, squeeze latch handle
• Includes lock with 2 keys RECESSED
SQUEEZE LATCH HANDLE
• 16-ga. Frame
• Shelf capacity up to 150 lbs
• Shelves adjust on 2” centers
• Durable Powder-coated finish

Description Width Depth Height Knock-Down Assembled Color


Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SLIMLINE SOLID DOOR CABINETS
Slimline, Storage 18 18 66 610S181866 610S181866A HG,PL,ME
Slimline, Storage 24 18 66 610S241866 610S241866A HG,PL,ME
Slimline, Storage 30 15 66 610S301566 610S301566A HG,PL,ME

725 711 708


DARK GRAY LIGHT GRAY BLACK
(HG) (PL) (ME)

51
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK 400 SERIES COMMERCIAL GRADE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STEEL CABINETS

COMMERCIAL KD CABINETS
400 SERIES COMMERCIAL CABINETS

Features: • Corner foot gussets provide added rigidity and stability


• All components precision engineered with no bolt heads (replaced by mounting plates on mobile units).
showing on front and side panels. • Mobile units include four heavy-duty locking swivel casters.
• Body and shelves fabricated from 22 gauge steel. • Positive three-point locking (top, center and bottom) for
• Shelves easily adjust up or down in 2” increments. secure locking (single cam only for 16” wide
Triple flanged shelf front for added strength wall-mount cabinets).
(capacity up to 200 lbs). • Plated locking handle has built-in cylinder key lock
• Reinforced doors swing a full 180°. (keys included).
• Doors are factory-hung in 16 gauge frames ensuring proper
performance.
• 16 gauge continuous hinges.

Configurations: Door Options:


• Storage (includes 4 adjustable shelves) • Solid
• Wardrobe (includes 1 shelf and coat rod) • Safety-View (includes polycarbonate panels in door)
• Combination (includes 1 full width shelf, 3 half width • Ventilated (includes expanded metal panels in door)
Shelves and a half width coat rod)

STATIONARY COMBINATION MOBILE STORAGE STATIONARY WARDROBE


SOLID DOORS VENTILATED DOORS SAFETY-VIEW DOORS

725 708 729


DARK GRAY BLACK TAN
(HG) (ME) (PT)

52
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
400 SERIES CABINETS
405 SERIES WALL MOUNT CABINETS
Hallowell-List.com

Description Width Depth Height Knock-Down Assembled Color


Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SOLID DOOR CABINETS, 400 SERIES
Stationary, Storage 36 18 72 415S18 415S18A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 36 24 72 415S24 415S24A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 48 18 72 425S18 425S18A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 48 24 72 425S24 425S24A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 18 72 435W18 435W18A ME, HG, PT

400 & 405 SERIES COMMERCIAL CABINETS


Stationary, Wardrobe 36 24 72 435W24 435W24A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 18 72 445W18 445W18A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 24 72 445W24 445W24A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 36 18 72 455C18 455C18A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 36 24 72 455C24 455C24A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 48 18 72 465C18 465C18A ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 48 24 72 465C24 465C24A ME, HG, PT
Mobile, Storage 36 24 72 415S24M 415S24MA ME, HG, PT
Mobile, Storage 48 24 72 425S24M 425S24MA ME, HG, PT
SAFETY VIEW DOOR CABINETS, 400 SERIES
Stationary, Storage 36 18 72 415S18SV 415S18SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 36 24 72 415S24SV 415S24SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 48 18 72 425S18SV 425S18SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 48 24 72 425S24SV 425S24SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 18 72 435W18SV 435W18SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 24 72 435W24SV 435W24SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 18 72 445W18SV 445W18SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 24 72 445W24SV 445W24SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 36 18 72 455C18SV 455C18SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 36 24 72 455C24SV 455C24SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 48 18 72 465C18SV 465C18SVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 48 24 72 465C24SV 465C24SVA ME, HG, PT
Mobile, Storage 36 24 72 415S24SVM 415S24SVMA ME, HG, PT
Mobile, Storage 48 24 72 425S24SVM 425S24SVMA ME, HG, PT
VENTILATED DOOR CABINETS, 400 SERIES
Stationary, Storage 36 18 72 415S18EV 415S18EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 36 24 72 415S24EV 415S24EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 48 18 72 425S18EV 425S18EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Storage 48 24 72 425S24EV 425S24EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 18 72 435W18EV 435W18EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 24 72 435W24EV 435W24EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 18 72 445W18EV 445W18EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 24 72 445W24EV 445W24EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 36 18 72 455C18EV 455C18EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 36 24 72 455C24EV 455C24EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 48 18 72 465C18EV 465C18EVA ME, HG, PT
Stationary, Combination 48 24 72 465C24EV 465C24EVA ME, HG, PT
Mobile, Storage 36 24 72 415S24EVM 415S24EVMA ME, HG, PT
Mobile, Storage 48 24 72 425S24EVM 425S24EVMA ME, HG, PT

COMMERCIAL WALL MOUNT


36" WIDE DOUBLE DOOR
WALL MOUNT 16" WIDE
SINGLE SOLID DOOR
WALL MOUNT SAFETY-VIEW DOORS

KD CABINETS
FEATURES:
• All components precision engineered with no bolt
heads showing on front and side panels.
• All components fabricated from 22 gauge steel.
• Plated locking handle has built-in cylinder key lock
(keys included).
• Shelves easily adjust up or down in 2” increments.

725 708 729


DARK GRAY BLACK TAN
(HG) (ME) (PT)

Description Width Depth Height Knock-Down Assembled Color


Cat No. Cat No. Selection
WALL MOUNT SOLID DOOR CABINETS, 405 SERIES
Wall Mount, Storage 16 12 26 405-1626 405-1626A ME, HG, PT
Wall Mount, Storage 30 12 26 405-3026 405-3026A ME, HG, PT
Wall Mount, Storage 36 12 30 405-3630 405-3630A ME, HG, PT
WALL MOUNT SAFETY VIEW DOOR CABINETS, 405 SERIES
Wall Mount, Storage 16 12 26 405-1626SV 405-1626SVA ME, HG, PT
Wall Mount, Storage 30 12 26 405-3026SV 405-3026SVA ME, HG, PT
Wall Mount, Storage 36 12 30 405-3630SV 405-3630SVA ME, HG, PT

53
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK 800 SERIES INDUSTRIAL GRADE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STEEL CABINETS

INDUSTRIAL KD CABINETS
800 SERIES INDUSTRIAL CABINETS

Features:
• All components precision engineered with no bolt heads • 16 gauge continuous hinges.
showing on front and side panels.
• Corner foot gussets provide added rigidity and stability
• 20 gauge body and 22 gauge shelves provide strength (replaced by mounting plates on mobile units).
and durability.
• Mobile units include four heavy-duty locking swivel casters.
• Shelves easily adjust up or down in 2” increments. Triple
• Positive three-point locking (top, center and bottom) for
flanged shelf front for added strength (capacity up to 250 lbs).
secure locking.
• Reinforced doors swing a full 180°.
• Plated locking handle has built-in cylinder key lock
• Doors are factory-hung in 16 gauge frames ensuring (keys included).
proper performance.

Configurations: Door Options:


• Storage (includes 4 adjustable shelves) • Solid
• Wardrobe (includes 1 shelf and coat rod) • Safety-View (includes polycarbonate panels in door)
• Combination (includes 1 full width shelf, 3 half width • Ventilated (includes expanded metal panels in door)
shelves and a half width coat rod)

STATIONARY WARDROBE MOBILE STORAGE STATIONARY STORAGE STATIONARY COMBINATION


SOLID DOORS SOLID DOORS VENTILATED DOORS SAFETY-VIEW DOORS

54
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH
STORAGE Hallowell-List.com

Provides maximum protection to tools, dies, delicate instruments, supplies,


and personal belongings. Neat and attractive in appearance. Designed to
meet government requirements.

800 SERIES INDUSTRIAL CABINETS


Description Width Depth Height Knock-Down Assembled Color +Medsafe
Cat No. Cat No. Selection Antimicrobal
SOLID DOOR CABINETS, 800 SERIES
Stationary, Storage 36 18 78 815S18 815S18A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 36 24 78 815S24 815S24A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 48 18 78 825S18 825S18A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 48 24 78 825S24 825S24A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 18 78 835W18 835W18A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 24 78 835W24 835W24A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 18 78 845W18 845W18A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 24 78 845W24 845W24A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 36 18 78 855C18 855C18A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 36 24 78 855C24 855C24A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 48 18 78 865C18 865C18A ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 48 24 78 865C24 865C24A ME, PT PL-AM
Mobile, Storage 36 24 78 815S24M 815S24MA ME, PT PL-AM
Mobile, Storage 48 24 78 825S24M 825S24MA ME, PT PL-AM
SAFETY VIEW DOOR CABINETS, 800 SERIES
Stationary, Storage 36 18 78 815S18SV 815S18SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 36 24 78 815S24SV 815S24SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 48 18 78 825S18SV 825S18SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 48 24 78 825S24SV 825S24SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 18 78 835W18SV 835W18SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 24 78 835W24SV 835W24SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 18 78 845W18SV 845W18SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 24 78 845W24SV 845W24SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 36 18 78 855C18SV 855C18SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 36 24 78 855C24SV 855C24SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 48 18 78 865C18SV 865C18SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 48 24 78 865C24SV 865C24SVA ME, PT PL-AM
Mobile, Storage 36 24 78 815S24SVM 815S24SVMA ME, PT PL-AM
Mobile, Storage 48 24 78 825S24SVM 825S24SVMA ME, PT PL-AM
VENTILATED DOOR CABINETS, 800 SERIES
Stationary, Storage 36 18 78 815S18EV 815S18EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 36 24 78 815S24EV 815S24EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 48 18 78 825S18EV 825S18EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Storage 48 24 78 825S24EV 825S24EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 18 78 835W18EV 835W18EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 36 24 78 835W24EV 835W24EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 18 78 845W18EV 845W18EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Wardrobe 48 24 78 845W24EV 845W24EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 36 18 78 855C18EV 855C18EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 36 24 78 855C24EV 855C24EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 48 18 78 865C18EV 865C18EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Stationary, Combination 48 24 78 865C24EV 865C24EVA ME, PT PL-AM
Mobile, Storage 36 24 78 815S24EVM 815S24EVMA ME, PT PL-AM
Mobile, Storage 48 24 78 825S24EVM 825S24EVMA ME, PT PL-AM

708 729 711


BLACK TAN ANTIMICROBIAL
LIGHT GRAY
(ME) (PT) (PL-AM)
Order your cabinets in our specially formulated
Antimicrobial powder coat finish that protects against
bacteria, mold & yeast for up to 20 years!

55
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK DURATOUGH™ CLASSIC & GALVANITE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP SERIES STEEL CABINETS
DURATOUGH™ ALL-WELDED CABINETS

Classic and Galvanite™ Series


All-Welded Cabinets

Safety-View Door Cabinet Ventilated Cabinet Solid Cabinet

738
CHARCOAL
(CL)

56
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
FOR REALLY TOUGH
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS Hallowell-List.com

DURATOUGH™ ALL-WELDED CABINETS


DURATOUGH™ CABINETS
Classic Series cabinets are fabricated from prime grade cold rolled
sheet steel.

Galvanite Series cabinets are fabricated from galvannealed sheet steel


which has a zinc-iron alloy coating that is applied at the mill providing
protection against high-humidity and moist environments. This coating
also prevents corrosion from spreading when the paint and/or coating Storage Cabinet
is scratched away.

Heavy-Duty cabinets are fabricated from 16 gauge sheet steel and are
fully-welded creating a rigid, durable unit.

Extra Heavy-Duty cabinets are fabricated from 14 gauge steel which is


25% thicker than 16 gauge providing MAXIMUM durability.

Safety-View® Series cabinets incorporate polycarbonate panels in


both doors of our extra heavy-duty Classic Series cabinets allowing
contents to be visible without compromising security.

Ventilated Series cabinets are fabricated to the same rugged standards


as our extra heavy-duty Classic Series cabinets with the added benefit
of being fully ventilated with diamond perforated doors and sides and a
13 gauge flattened expanded metal back.

Combination Cabinet

18-gauge full-height Heavy-Duty 3/16" thick 1/8" thick latch and 3/8"
door stiffener steel handle with diameter lock rods
provides maximum padlock hasp. insure maximum security
rigidity to both doors

57
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK DURATOUGH™ WELDED CABINET
Hallowell-List.com SHIP ACCESSORIES & FEATURES

STANDARD FEATURES FOR ALL DURATOUGH™


CLASSIC AND GALVANITE™ SERIES CABINETS
• All-welded construction • Back is welded to cabinet top, bottom and sides
DURATOUGH™ ALL-WELDED CABINETS

• Double door design • Shelves are formed to provide maximum capacity and are
• Solid doors are reinforced with an 18 gauge full-height door adjustable on 3” centers. Shelves bolt to shelf support channels
stiffener providing a rigid torque-free door. which are welded to sides.
• 3-point turn handle locking using 3/8” diameter locking rods - 78” high storage cabinets include 4-adjustable shelves
operated by a 3/16" gauge steel handle. Handle is painted to - 60” high storage cabinets include 3-adjustable shelves
match cabinet. - 42” high storage cabinets include 2-adjustable shelves
• Heavy-duty 13 gauge 7-knuckle 3-1/2" butt hinges welded to door - 78'' high combination cabinets include one full-width upper
and securely riveted to frame. shelf, a center partition, 3 partial-width shelves and one partial-
- Solid sides are formed to be integral with vertical door frame. width coat rod
- Top is formed to be integral with horizontal top door frame. • Optional leg kits are available and can be bolted on to all
- Bottom is formed to be integral with horizontal bottom door DuraTough cabinets.
frame and includes double return bends at all four sides • Color: 738 Charcoal
maximizing unit rigidity.

DURATOUGH™ CABINET LEG KITS DURATOUGH™ CABINET DRAWERS


Width Depth Height Legs Per
Width Depth Drawer
Catalog Number Type (In) (In) (In) Kit Catalog Number Type (In) (In) Height
HWC4LK-1G-HG Leg Kit 4 21 4 2 FKSCD36-2CL 2 Drawer 36 24 7.5
HWC4LK-4G-HG Leg Kit 4 24 4 2 FKSCD48-2CL 2 Drawer 48 24 7.5
FKSCD36-3CL 3 Drawer 36 24 5
Leg kits can be added to any Hallowell DuraTough Cabinet.
FKSCD48-3CL 3 Drawer 48 24 5
Legs are fabricated from galvanneal corrosion resistant steel and are
easily bolted to cabinet bottom. Includes hardware for field attachment. Note: Drawer units should always be installed into the lower
portion of the cabinets to insure stability when opening the
drawers. Only one drawer should be opened at a time.

738
CHARCOAL
(CL)

58
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
DURATOUGH™ CLASSIC & GALVANITE
SERIES STEEL CABINETS Hallowell-List.com

DURATOUGH™ CLASSIC SERIES


Catalog Number Type
Width Depth Height No. of DURATOUGH™
(In) (In) (In) Shelves
HEAVY-DUTY-16 GAUGE
CORROSION RESISTANT

DURATOUGH™ ALL-WELDED CABINETS


HW6SC6142-2 Storage 36 21 42 2 GALVANITE SERIES
HW6SC6160-3 Storage 36 21 60 3
HW6SC6178-4 Storage 36 21 78 4
HW6SC6478-4 Storage 36 24 78 4 DURATOUGH™ GALVANITE SERIES
HW6SC8460-3 Storage 48 24 60 3
HW6SC8478-4 Storage 48 24 78 4 Width Depth Height No. of
Catalog Number Type
(In) (In) (In) Shelves
HW6SC0478-4 Storage 60 24 78 4
HW6CC6478-4 Combination 36 24 78 4 HEAVY-DUTY-16 GAUGE
HW6CC8478-4 Combination 48 24 78 4 HWG6SC6142-2 Storage 36 21 42 2
HW6CC0478-4 Combination 60 24 78 4 HWG6SC6160-3 Storage 36 21 60 3
ADDITIONAL SHELVES, HEAVY-DUTY-16 GAUGE HWG6SC6178-4 Storage 36 21 78 4
HW6SCS61 Shelf 36 21 --- 1 HWG6SC6478-4 Storage 36 24 78 4
HW6SCS64 Shelf 36 24 --- 1 HWG6SC8460-3 Storage 48 24 60 3
HW6SCS84 Shelf 48 24 --- 1 HWG6SC8478-4 Storage 48 24 78 4
HWG6SC0478-4 Storage 60 24 78 4
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY-14 GAUGE
HWG6CC6478-4 Combination 36 24 78 4
HW4SC6142-2 Storage 36 21 42 2
HWG6CC8478-4 Combination 48 24 78 4
HW4SC6160-3 Storage 36 21 60 3
HWG6CC0478-4 Combination 60 24 78 4
HW4SC6178-4 Storage 36 21 78 4
ADDITIONAL SHELVES, HEAVY-DUTY-16 GAUGE
HW4SC6478-4 Storage 36 24 78 4
HWG6SCS61 Shelf 36 21 --- 1
HW4SC8460-3 Storage 48 24 60 3 HWG6SCS64 Shelf 36 24 --- 1
HW4SC8478-4 Storage 48 24 78 4 HWG6SCS84 Shelf 48 24 --- 1
HW4SC0478-4 Storage 60 24 78 4
EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY-14 GAUGE
HW4CC6478-4 Combination 36 24 78 4
HW4CC8478-4 Combination 48 24 78 4 HWG4SC6142-2 Storage 36 21 42 2
HW4CC0478-4 Combination 60 24 78 4 HWG4SC6160-3 Storage 36 21 60 3
HWG4SC6178-4 Storage 36 21 78 4
ADDITIONAL SHELVES, HEAVY-DUTY-14 GAUGE
HWG4SC6478-4 Storage 36 24 78 4
HW6SCS61 Shelf 36 21 --- 1
HW6SCS64 Shelf 36 24 --- 1 HWG4SC8460-3 Storage 48 24 60 3
HW6SCS84 Shelf 48 24 --- 1 HWG4SC8478-4 Storage 48 24 78 4
HWG4SC0478-4 Storage 60 24 78 4
HWG4CC6478-4 Combination 36 24 78 4
DURATOUGH™ SAFETY-VIEW® HWG4CC8478-4 Combination 48 24 78 4
HWG4CC0478-4 Combination 60 24 78 4
Width Depth Height No. of ADDITIONAL SHELVES, HEAVY-DUTY-14 GAUGE
Catalog Number Type
(In) (In) (In) Shelves
HWG6SCS61 Shelf 36 21 --- 1
HW4SVSC6478-4 Storage 36 24 78 4 HWG6SCS64 Shelf 36 24 --- 1
HW4SVSC8478-4 Storage 48 24 78 4 HWG6SCS84 Shelf 48 24 --- 1

DURATOUGH™ VENTILATED
Width Depth Height No. of
Catalog Number Type
(In) (In) (In) Shelves

HW4VSC6478-4 Storage 36 24 78 4
HW4VSC8478-4 Storage 48 24 78 4

738
CHARCOAL
(CL)

59
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HEAVY-DUTY ADJUSTABLE LEG
Hallowell-List.com SHIP WORKBENCHES

1-3/4" WORK SURFACES


PRACTICAL, COMPACT AND
DURABLE WORKBENCHES
Hallowell Workbenches are constructed of only the finest materials and represent
the pinnacle in quality, strength, and stability. Our industrial workbenches are
designed to withstand the harshest work environments year-in and year-out. With
the flexible selection of standard and cost-effective components, these highly
Steel Top efficient units insure maximum productivity in the workplace.
Heavy 12 gauge steel with no holes on the work
Drawer
surface withstands hard shop use for years.
Riser 24" deep x 18" wide x 6" high. Easily
Will not crack, splinter, gouge, or absorb oil.
Provides a 12" high x 10" deep shelf installs under the bench top and can
above the work surface be secured with an optional padlock
WORKBENCHES

Shop Top
Shop Top’s layered high density particleboard
offers superior screw holding characteristics.
The top and bottom layers are seal to resist
conventional spills. The non-conductive, splinter-
proof top is 30 percent harder than maple.

Back and End Stops A 3"


Laminated Hardwood Top high barrier with
Thoroughly seasoned, kiln dried hardwood, rounded front corners. Lower shelf
face-glued to provide an extremely durable, Full width 11-3/16" deep.
attractive and long lasting work surface. (150 lbs capacity)
Stringer
Work Top Capacity: Required for lateral stability and Adjustable Legs
200 lbs/sq ft evenly distributed over the acts like a stop for a second (Allow 6” of adjustability)
bottom shelf.
entire surface.

708
BLACK
(ME)

Width Depth Height* Top Catalog No. Color Width Depth Height Item Catalog No. Color
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Workbenches
(includes legs, top and stringer) Workbenches
Add-on Accessories
48 30 34 Shop Top HWB4830E-ME ME 18 24 6 Drawer HWB-BD-1824ME ME
60 30 34 Shop Top HWB6030E-ME ME 48 30 4-1/2 Back & End Stop Kit HWB-BES-4830ME ME
72 30 34 Shop Top HWB7230E-ME ME 60 30 4-1/2 Back & End Stop Kit HWB-BES-6030ME ME
72 36 34 Shop Top HWB7236E-ME ME 72 30 4-1/2 Back & End Stop Kit HWB-BES-7230ME ME
48 30 34 Laminated Hardwood HWB4830M-ME ME 72 36 4-1/2 Back & End Stop Kit HWB-BES-7236ME ME
60 30 34 Laminated Hardwood HWB6030M-ME ME 48 10 12 Riser HWB-BR-48-ME ME
72 30 34 Laminated Hardwood HWB7230M-ME ME 60 10 12 Riser HWB-BR-60-ME ME
72 36 34 Laminated Hardwood HWB7236M-ME ME 72 10 12 Riser HWB-BR-72-ME ME
48 30 34 12 gauge Steel HWB4830S-ME ME 48 14 Lower Shelf HWB-LS-48-ME ME
60 30 34 12 gauge Steel HWB6030S-ME ME 60 14 Lower Shelf HWB-LS-60-ME ME
72 30 34 12 gauge Steel HWB7230S-ME ME 72 14 Lower Shelf HWB-LS-72-ME ME
72 36 34 12 gauge Steel HWB7236S-ME ME 24 Leg Extension HWB-LE-24-ME ME

*Actual top height is 28-1/4” x 34-1/4” with standard legs

60
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
FORT KNOX MODULAR
STORAGE SYSTEM Hallowell-List.com

FORT KNOX
TM

MODULAR UTILITY STORAGE AND WORKBENCH SYSTEM

FORT KNOX MODULAR SYSTEM


THE PERFECT WORKSPACE SOLUTION

By combining our
adjustable Rivetwell
Shelving, Heavy-Duty
All-Welded Cabinets,
Workbenches and Locker/
Drawer units we created
a uniquely functional, yet
durable modular system. Full Door 3 Drawer 6 Drawer Extra Heavy-Duty
Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Storage Cabinet
(shown with optional drawers)

The Fort Knox Modular Utility Fabricated from heavy gauge steel and coated with a unique textured two-tone pow-
Storage & Workbench System der coat finish, the Fort Knox system will stand up to the most demanding users.
provides everything you need
to create your own perfect Our intelligent design allows each major component to be utilized stand alone or in
workspace solution. conjunction with any of the other major components.

61
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK FORT KNOX STORAGE SYSTEM
Hallowell-List.com SHIP PRE-CONFIGURED UNITS

PRE-CONFIGURED UNITS

W D H Wt.
Catalog No. Top
(in.) (in.) (in.) (Lbs.)

BASIC SYSTEM
FORT KNOX MODULAR SYSTEM

22CT54 Small Wood 132 24 78 449


22CT55 Steel 132 24 78 410
22CT56 Large Wood 168 24 78 657
22CT57 Steel 168 24 78 609

W D H Wt.
Catalog No. Top
(in.) (in.) (in.) (Lbs.)

OPEN STORAGE SYSTEM


22CT58 Small Wood 132 24 78 711
22CT59 Steel 132 24 78 645
22CT60 Large Wood 168 24 78 999
22CT61 Steel 168 24 78 909

W D H Wt.
Catalog No. Top
(in.) (in.) (in.) (Lbs.)

SECURE STORAGE SYSTEM


22CT62 Small Wood 132 24 78 1386
22CT63 Steel 132 24 78 1347
22CT64 Large Wood 168 24 78 1666
22CT65 Steel 168 24 78 1618

W D H Wt.
Catalog No. Top
(in.) (in.) (in.) (Lbs.)

MIXED STORAGE SYSTEM


22CT66 Small Wood 132 24 78 975
22CT67 Steel 132 24 78 923
22CT68 Large Wood 168 24 78 1296
22CT69 Steel 168 24 78 1227

W D H Wt.
Catalog No. Top
(in.) (in.) (in.) (Lbs.)

COMPLETE SYSTEM
22CT70 Small Wood 168 24 78 1388
22CT71 Steel 168 24 78 1336
22CT72 Large Wood 210 24 78 1770
22CT73 Steel 210 24 78 1701

62
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
FORT KNOX STORAGE SYSTEM
COMPONENTS Hallowell-List.com

A WORK AND STORAGE SYSTEM THAT ALLOWS YOU


TO CUSTOM DESIGN YOUR OWN WORKPLACE

Unit Unit Unit Catalog Unit Unit Unit Catalog


Width Depth Height No. Width Depth Height No.
Cabinets - Include 4 full width shelves Workbench Power Strips

FORT KNOX MODULAR SYSTEM


36 24 78 FKSC6478-4BR-HT 48 3 FKWEP48
48 24 78 FKSC8478-4BR-HT 60 3 FKWEP60
72 3 FKWEP72
Cabinet Drawer Kits
36 24 15
Light Kit
2 Drawer FKSCD36-2RR-HT
48 24 15 FKSCD48-2RR-HT 22 3 6 FKWLK22
3 Drawer 36 24 15 FKSCD36-3RR-HT Pegboard Kits Each Kit Includes (2) pcs
48 24 15 FKSCD48-3RR-HT 22 3/4 44-1/4 FKWBP22RR-HT
Workbench pedestals 30 3/4 44-1/4 FKWBP60RR-HT
3-Drawer 18 24 32 FKWP8432-3D-BR-HT 36 3/4 44-1/4 FKWBP72RR-HT
24 24 32 FKWP4432-3D-BR-HT Pegboard Shelves
6-Drawer 18 24 32 FKWP8432-6D-BR-HT
20 5 1 FKWS22ME-HT
24 24 32 FKWP4432-6D-BR-HT
28 5 1 FKWS30ME-HT
Double Door 18 24 32 FKWP8432-1BR-HT 34 5 1 FKWBP72RR-HT
24 24 32 FKWP4432-1BR-HT
Lockers
Workbench tops
Single Door 18 24 78 FKL8478-1BR-HT
Shop Top 60 24 1-3/4 FKWT6024E Lockers 24 24 78 FKL4478-1BR-HT
72 24 1-3/4 FKWT7224E
3-Drawers 18 24 78 FKL8478-3D-BR-HT
Laminated 60 24 1-3/4 FKWT6024M
24 24 78 FKL4478-3D-BR-HT
Hardwood 72 24 1-3/4 FKWT7224M
6-Drawers 18 24 78 FKL8478-6D-BR-HT
Steel 60 24 1-3/4 FKWT6024S 24 24 78 FKL4478-6D-BR-HT
72 24 1-3/4 FKWT7224S
Shelving Units
Lower Pedestal Shelf
With Particle Board 36 24 78 FKR362478-5S-W-BR-HT
24 8 1 FKWPS24ME-HT Decking 48 24 78 FKR482478-5S-W-BR-HT
30 8 1 FKWPS24ME-HT
With EZ-Deck Steel 36 24 78 FKR362478-5S-E-BR-HT
36 8 1 FKWPS36ME-HT Decking 48 24 78 FKR482478-5S-E-BR-HT
Side & Back Rail Kits With Featherdeck 36 24 78 FKR362478-5S-F-BR-HT
60 24 4 Decking 48 24 78 FKR482478-5S-F-BR-HT
FKSBRK6024RR-HT
72 24 4 FKSBRK7224RR-HT Extra Shelf Level
With Particle Board 36 24 3-1/2 FKRL3624W-RR-HT
Decking 48 24 3-1/2 FKRL4824W-RR-HT
With EZ-Deck Steel 36 24 3-1/2 FKRL3624E-RR-HT
Decking 48 24 3-1/2 FKRL4824E-RR-HT
With Featherdeck 36 24 3-1/2 FKRL3624F-RR-HT
Decking 48 24 3-1/2 FKRL4824F-RR-HT

CUSTOM TEXTURED FINISH


HAMMERTONE
721 708
RELAY RED BLACK
(RR) (ME)
Specially formulated with a unique hammer
texture that is tough, highly durable and
provides long lasting protection.

63
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK FORT KNOX MODULAR STORAGE SYSTEM
Hallowell-List.com SHIP COMPONENTS & FEATURES

FORT KNOX SHELVING

Versatile quick assembly Rivetwell shelving provides heavy-duty storage while


allowing four sided access by eliminating the need for anti-sway bracing. Four-sided
beam design provides maximum decking capacity. Each unit includes 5 shelf levels
including top and bottom and is available in choice of 36" and 48" wide units. Order
additional levels as needed. The unique color combination of black uprights and red
beams provides an attractive appearance and allows perfect integration into your
custom configured system. We offer two decking choices. Order particle board or
FORT KNOX MODULAR SYSTEM

EZ-Deck steel decking for maximum capacity.

FORT KNOX SHELF OPTIONS

If additional levels are needed for your setup, shelf levels can be ordered in
each of the two available deckings to meet your specific requirements.

EZ-DECK PARTICLE BOARD

FORT KNOX CABINETS

Fabricated of extra heavy-duty 14 gauge steel, reinforced doors and 1,450 lb. capacity
adjustable shelves, durability is an understatement. Best-in-class super-duty 13 gauge
full height hinge and 3/16" ergonomically engineered cremone turn-handle insure
proper door alignment and operation for a lifetime of use. Each cabinet includes 4
full-width shelves.

Doors are secured in the closed position with our high-security 3-point locking system
which includes 3/8" diameter round locking rods that are held securely in place by
welded-in pry-resistant retainers. These rods engage both the top and bottom of the
cabinet door frame when the door is closed which the center latch rotates behind the
slave door. Handle includes provisions for a padlock (locks not included).

Shelves are fully adjustable on 3" centers allowing you to maximize the cabinet's
interior space. Cabinets are available in 36" and 48" widths and can accommodate our
modular cabinet drawer units. With durable textured powder coat finish presented in
SHOWN WITH
an attractive two-tone color combining a black body with red door, you can be sure
OPTIONAL DRAWER
KIT our system will be the highlight of your workspace environment.

FORT KNOX OPTIONAL DRAWER KITS

Each modular drawer unit is 15" high and is available in a 2-drawer or 3-drawer
version. Drawers allow maximum weight bearing capacity by combining heavy 14
gauge construction with super-strength 500 lb. capacity full-extension glides. The
full extension allows full use of each drawer.

Drawer units can be easily added to any Fort Knox and DuraTough All-Welded
Cabinet allowing you to custom configure your cabinets to your specific needs.

CHOOSE FROM 2 OR 3 DRAWER INSERTS Note: Drawer units should always be installed into the lower portion of the cabinets
to insure stability when opening the drawers. Only one drawer should be opened at
a time.

64
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
FORT KNOX MODULAR STORAGE SYSTEM
COMPONENTS & FEATURES Hallowell-List.com

FORT KNOX PEDESTAL UNITS


Perfect as stand-alone units or as supports for workbenches. These
versatile all-welded heavy-duty modules are available in multiple sizes and
configurations and provide ample storage for tools.

Double Door Workbench Pedestals are perfect for storage of larger items.
Our high security 3-point latching system is pad-lockable (locks not included).

3 DRAWER 6 DRAWER Drawer Workbench Pedestals are engineered for years of smooth operation while the
DOUBLE DOOR

FORT KNOX MODULAR SYSTEM


PEDESTAL PEDESTAL ergonomic handles add style. Full-extension drawer glides allow full use of drawer
PEDESTAL
space. Available in both 6-drawer and 3-drawer models.

FORT KNOX WORKBENCH TOPS

Choose from rugged steel, laminated hardwood


WORKBENCH SHOP TOP WORKBENCH LAMINATED HARDWOOD TOP and composite core resin board workbench
tops. Each is 1-3/4" thick and provides a
perfect working surface.

WORKBENCH STEEL TOP

FORT KNOX WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES

A - LIGHT KITS provide a convenient way to illuminate your work surface. Each light kit easily
attaches to our steel pegboards allowing you to mount is where light is needed most.
A
B - STEEL PEGBOARD PANELS are engineered in three convenient sizes to fit perfectly into
B
B our Fort Knox System. Out unique design allows panels to be wall mounted or attached to the sides
of our Fort Knox lockers and cabinets. Heavy-gauge design is perfect for industrial applications.

C C - PEGBOARD SHELVES mount to the pegboard providing shelf space exactly where you
D need it. Available in three sizes.

E D - ELECTRICAL POWER BAR provides additional power when needed. Available to match
both 60" and 72" wide workbenches.

E - LOWER PEDESTAL SHELF mounts between two bench pedestals to provide out of the
way storage. Available in three lengths to work with most pedestal configurations.
F F
F - SIDE AND BACK RAIL KITS provide edging to your workbench surface to prevent
items from sliding and/or rolling off. Perfect when workbenches and being used stand alone.

FORT KNOX LOCKERS/CABINETS


All-welded heavy-duty Fort Knox lockers are available in multiple sizes and
configurations allowing maximum versatility.
All doors include a stainless steel recessed handle with padlock hasp (locks not included).

FULL DOOR CABINET includes an upper fixed shelf with four adjustable stainless steel shelves.

COMBINATION CABINET include three stainless steel adjustable shelves with choice of 3 or 6
lower drawers. Drawers are interchangeable with our pedestal drawer units.

CUSTOM TEXTURED FINISH


HAMMERTONE
Specially formulated with a unique hammer
721 708 texture that is tough, highly durable and
RELAY RED BLACK provides long lasting protection.
(RR) (ME)

65
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK PREMIUM KD STOCK
Hallowell-List.com SHIP WARDROBE LOCKERS

PREMIUM ALL-PURPOSE WARDROBE LOCKERS ARE TRADITIONAL LOUVERED DOOR


LOCKERS DESIGNED FOR STORAGE OF ALL PERSONAL BELONGINGS
FEATURES: GENERAL FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge • Lockers can be ordered fully-assembled or knock-down for
PREMIUM KD STOCK WARDROBE LOCKERS

BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier assembly at destination.


DOOR: 16 gauge louvered for added ventilation • Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide units to complete
quantity needed for each continuous row.
HINGES: Continuous piano type
• Lockers can be ordered in combination with Premium box lockers.
HANDLE: Stainless steel recessed handle with multi-point gravity
lift-type latching for a modern look and added safety. Recessed • All items shown are available for shipment within 5 business
handle protects finish from being marred by padlock. days of receipt of order.
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two single hooks per • Aluminum number plates (#1-up) with mounting hardware are
single and double tier opening. One double prong ceiling hook for included. Number plate face is black with silver etched numerals.
triple tier. If a special numbering sequence is required, please specify when
ordering. Number sequence must be consecutive numbers equal
COAT ROD: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
to the number of openings (doors) ordered.
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers.
• Locks are not included.
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are available
for a nominal charge.
APPEARANCE: All lockers include matching body colors. Order
Finished End Panels for exposed row ends if desired. Finished End
Panels install over top of universal side panels adding strength and
rigidity at exposed row ends and can be ordered to match locker
door/frame color.

NEW STOCK
COLOR

NEW STOCK
COLOR

Single Tier, Double Tier,


3 wide, 3 wide,
3 openings 6 openings
Light Gray Black

Deep drawn
stainless steel
recessed handle 5
with gravity lift-type POPULAR
Single Tier,
1 wide,
Double Tier,
1 wide,
Triple Tier,
1 wide,
latching for doors FINISHES
1 opening 2 openings 3 openings
20” high and higher
Tan Marine Blue Dark Gray

66
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
PREMIUM QUALITY
COMPETITIVELY PRICED Hallowell-List.com


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 60 66 1 1-wide 1 U1226-1 U1226-1A PT, HG
12 12 60 66 1 3-wide 3 U3226-1 U3226-1A PT, HG
12 15 60 66 1 1-wide 1 U1256-1 U1256-1A PT, HG
12 15 60 66 1 3-wide 3 U3256-1 U3256-1A PT, HG

PREMIUM KD STOCK WARDROBE LOCKERS


12 18 60 66 1 1-wide 1 U1286-1 U1286-1A PT, HG
12 18 60 66 1 3-wide 3 U3286-1 U3286-1A PT, HG
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1228-1 U1228-1A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3228-1 U3228-1A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1258-1 U1258-1A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3258-1 U3258-1A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1288-1 U1288-1A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3288-1 U3288-1A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1558-1 U1558-1A PT, HG
15 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3558-1 U3558-1A PT, HG
15 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1588-1 U1588-1A PT, HG
15 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3588-1 U3588-1A PT, HG
15 21 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1518-1 U1518-1A PT, HG
15 21 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3518-1 U3518-1A PT, HG
15 24 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1548-1 U1548-1A PT, HG NEW
15 24 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3548-1 U3548-1A PT, HG NEW
18 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1888-1 U1888-1A PT, HG
18 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3888-1 U3888-1A PT, HG
18 21 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1818-1 U1818-1A PT, HG
18 21 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3818-1 U3818-1A PT, HG
18 24 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1848-1 U1848-1A PT, HG NEW
18 24 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3848-1 U3848-1A PT, HG NEW
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 30 66 2 1-wide 2 U1226-2 U1226-2A PT, H
12 12 30 66 2 3-wide 6 U3226-2 U3226-2A PT, HG
12 15 30 66 2 1-wide 2 U1256-2 U1256-2A PT, HG
12 15 30 66 2 3-wide 6 U3256-2 U3256-2A PT, HG
12 18 30 66 2 1-wide 2 U1286-2 U1286-2A PT, HG
12 18 30 66 2 3-wide 6 U3286-2 U3286-2A PT, HG
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1228-2 U1228-2A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3228-2 U3228-2A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1258-2 U1258-2A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3258-2 U3258-2A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1288-2 U1288-2A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3288-2 U3288-2A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1558-2 U1558-2A PT, HG
15 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3558-2 U3558-2A PT, HG
15 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1588-2 U1588-2A PT, HG
15 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3588-2 U3588-2A PT, HG
15 21 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1518-2 U1518-2A PT, HG
15 21 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3518-2 U3518-2A PT, HG
15 24 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1548-2 U1548-2A PT, HG NEW
15 24 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3548-2 U3548-2A PT, HG NEW
18 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1888-2 U1888-2A PT, HG NEW
18 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3888-2 U3888-2A PT, HG NEW
18 21 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1818-2 U1588-2A PT, HG NEW
18 21 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3818-2 U3818-2A PT, HG NEW
18 24 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1848-2 U1848-2A PT, HG NEW
18 24 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3848-2 U3848-2A PT, HG NEW
TRIPLE-TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 U1228-3 U1228-3A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 24 78 3 3-wide 9 U3228-3 U3228-3A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 U1258-3 U1258-3A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 U3258-3 U3258-3A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 U1288-3 U1288-3A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 U3288-3 U3288-3A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL

NEW NEW LOCKER


725
DARK GRAY
729
TAN
707
MARINE BLUE
708
BLACK
711
LIGHT GRAY ACCESSORIES
(HG) (PT) (MB) (ME) (PL) PAGES 86-87
67
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK PREMIUM KD STOCK
Hallowell-List.com SHIP BOX LOCKERS

NEW STOCK NEW STOCK


COLOR COLOR
PREMIUM KD STOCK BOX LOCKERS

Five Tier, Five Tier, Six Tier, Six Tier, Six Tier, Six Tier, Six Tier,
1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide,
5 openings 5 openings 6 openings 6 openings 6 openings 6 openings 6 openings
Tan Dark Gray Tan Dark Gray Marine Blue Light Gray Black

4-Wide Wall Mount Lockers Sixteen-Person Lockers

Single-point thru-the-door friction catch


door pull designed for use with a padlock or
built-in lock. Shown with optional strike plate
which protects door from being marred by
padlock and standard piano hinge.

Six Tier, 3 wide,


18 openings
Light Gray

68
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
PREMIUM QUALITY
COMPETITIVELY PRICED Hallowell-List.com

HALLOWELL PREMIUM BOX LOCKERS INCLUDE LOUVERED DOORS


AND ARE PERFECT FOR STORING PERSONAL ITEMS.
FEATURES: GENERAL FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge • Lockers can be ordered fully-assembled or knock-down for
BODY STYLES: Four, five, six tier, 16 Person and wall mount assembly at destination.

PREMIUM KD STOCK BOX LOCKERS


DOOR: 18 gauge, Louvered for added ventilation • Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide units to
complete quantity needed for each continuous row.
HINGES: Continuous piano type
• Lockers can be ordered in combination with Premium
HANDLE: Single-point projecting friction catch door pull
wardrobe lockers
prepared for both padlock or built-in lock. No moving parts
insures quiet maintenance-free operation. • All items shown are available for shipment within 5 business
days of receipt of order.
HOOKS: None
• Aluminum number plates (#1-up) with mounting hardware
COAT ROD: None, standard on the 16 person
are included. Number plate face is black with silver etched
SHELVES: None numerals. If a special numbering sequence is required, please
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are specify when ordering. Number sequence must be consecutive
available for a nominal charge. numbers equal to the number of openings (doors) ordered.
APPEARANCE: All lockers include matching body colors. Order • Locks are not included.
Finished End Panels for exposed row ends if desired. Finished
End Panels install over top of universal side panels adding
strength and rigidity at exposed row ends and can be ordered to
match locker door/frame color.


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
FIVE TIER
12 12 12 66 5 1-wide 5 U1226-5 U1226-5A PT, HG
12 12 12 66 5 3-wide 15 U3226-5 U3226-5A PT, HG
12 15 12 66 5 1-wide 5 U1256-5 U1256-5A PT, HG
12 15 12 66 5 3-wide 15 U3256-5 U3256-5A PT, HG
12 18 12 66 5 1-wide 5 U1286-5 U1286-5A PT, HG
12 18 12 66 5 3-wide 15 U3286-5 U3286-5A PT, HG
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1228-6 U1228-6A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3228-6 U3228-6A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1258-6 U1258-6A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3258-6 U3258-6A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1288-6 U1288-6A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3288-6 U3288-6A PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
4-WIDE WALL MOUNT
48 18 12 14-3/4 4-Wide Wall Mount 4 U1482-4WM U1482-4WM-A PT, HG
16-PERSON
72 18 12 78 16-Person Unit 16 U1788-16 U1788-16A PT, HG

NEW NEW LOCKER


725
DARK GRAY
729
TAN
707
MARINE BLUE
708
BLACK
711
LIGHT GRAY ACCESSORIES
(HG) (PT) (MB) (ME) (PL) PAGES 86-87

69
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK READY-BUILT
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STOCK LOCKERS

Ready-Built
Lockers Include:
READY-BUILT™ WARDROBE AND BOX LOCKERS

Assembly
Padlocks
Padlock Strike Plates
READY-TO-USE!

NEW STOCK
NEW STOCK COLOR
COLOR

Locks and
Padlock Strike
Locks Included Plates Included
In Stainless For Box Lockers
Steel Recessed
Handles for Single Tier,
1 wide,
Double Tier,
1 wide,
Triple Tier,
1 wide,
Six Tier,
1 wide,
Double Tier,
1 wide,
Wardrobe 1 openings 2 openings 3 openings 6 openings 2 openings

Lockers

NEW NEW LOCKER


725
DARK GRAY
729
TAN
707
MARINE BLUE
708
BLACK
711
LIGHT GRAY ACCESSORIES
(HG) (PT) (MB) (ME) (PL) PAGES 86-87
70
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ARRIVES FULLY-ASSEMBLED
READY-TO-USE Hallowell-List.com

FEATURES: GENERAL FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge • Available in single, double, triple and
BODY STYLES: Single, double, triple and six tier six tier models

READY-BUILT™ WARDROBE AND BOX LOCKERS


DOOR: 16 gauge, 18 gauge for box doors • All lockers arrive ready-to-use. Lockers ship
fully-assembled and include one combination
HINGES: Continuous piano type padlock per door for true out-of-the box use.
HANDLE (wardrobe): Stainless steel recessed • Padlock Strike Plates are included for
handle with multi-point gravity lift-type latching. six tier doors.
Recessed handle protects finish from being marred
• Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide
by padlock.
units to complete quantity needed for each
HANDLE (box): Box lockers include a projecting continuous row.
single-point friction catch door pull. No moving
parts insures quiet maintenance-free operation.
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two
single hooks per single and double tier opening.
One double ceiling hook for triple tier. No hooks for
box lockers.
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a
nominal charge
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier
lockers.
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without
legs are available for a nominal charge.


Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 URB1228-1A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 URB3228-1A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 URB1258-1A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 URB3258-1A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 URB1288-1A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 URB3288-1A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 URB1228-2A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 URB3228-2A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 URB1258-2A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 URB3258-2A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 URB1288-2A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 URB3288-2A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
TRIPLE TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 URB1228-3A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 24 78 3 3-wide 9 URB3228-3A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 URB1258-3A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 URB3258-3A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 URB1288-3A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 URB3288-3A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 URB1228-6A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 URB3228-6A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 URB1258-6A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 URB3258-6A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 URB1288-6A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 URB3288-6A
PT, HG, MB, ME, PL

71
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK READY-BUILT II
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STOCK LOCKERS

Ready-Built II
Lockers Include:
Assembly
READY-BUILT™ II WARDROBE AND BOX LOCKERS

Padlocks
Padlock Strike Plates
Slope Tops
6” High Metal Bases
READY-TO-USE!
Slope Tops
NEW STOCK NEW STOCK Provide a more finished
COLOR COLOR appearance and prevent
items from being placed
or stored on locker tops.

Padlocks
Are included for each
door. 3-number
combinations provide
for maximum security.
No need to go out an
buy locks allowing
immediate use of lockers
upon arrival. Locks are
master keyed.

Strike Plates
Aluminum plates are
riveted to door to prevent
padlocks from marring
painted door finish
on six tier lockers.

Closed Metal Base


Front and side bases
close off area below
lockers at 6” legs to
prevent collection
of debris.

Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier, Double Tier, Six Tier,
1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide,
1 opening 2 openings 3 openings 2 openings 6 openings

NEW NEW
725 729 707 708 711
DARK GRAY TAN MARINE BLUE BLACK LIGHT GRAY
(HG) (PT) (MB) (ME) (PL)

72
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ARRIVES FULLY-ASSEMBLED
READY-TO-USE Hallowell-List.com

FEATURES: GENERAL FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge • All lockers arrive ready-to-use. Lockers ship
fully-assembled and include one combination

READY-BUILT™ II WARDROBE AND BOX LOCKERS


BODY STYLES: Single, double, triple and six tier
padlock per door for true out-of-the box use.
DOOR: 16 gauge, 18 gauge for box doors,
louvered for added ventilation • Sloping top reduces dust accumulation and
prevents item storage on locker tops.
HINGES: Continuous piano type
• Closed metal bases provide a more finished
HANDLE (wardrobe): Stainless steel recessed
appearance and eliminates the need to clean
handle with multi-point gravity lift-type latching.
beneath lockers.
Recessed handle protects finish from being
marred by padlock. • Padlock Strike Plates are included for
six tier doors.
HANDLE (box): Box lockers include a projecting
single-point friction catch door pull. No moving • Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide
parts insures quiet maintenance-free operation. units to complete quantity needed for each
continuous row.
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two
single hooks per single and double tier opening.
One double ceiling hook for triple tier. No hooks
for six-tier lockers
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a
nominal charge
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in
single tier lockers.
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without
legs are available for a nominal charge


Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 URB1228-1ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 URB3228-1ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 URB1258-1ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 URB3258-1ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 URB1288-1ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 URB3288-1ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 URB1228-2ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 URB3228-2ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 URB1258-2ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 URB3258-2ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 URB1288-2ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 URB3288-2ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
TRIPLE TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 URB1228-3ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 24 78 3 3-wide 9 URB3228-3ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 URB1258-3ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 URB3258-3ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 URB1288-3ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 URB3288-3ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 URB1228-6ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 URB3228-6ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 URB1258-6ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 URB3258-6ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 URB1288-6ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 URB3288-6ASB PT, HG, MB, ME, PL

73
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK SPECIALLY FORMULATED
Hallowell-List.com SHIP ANTIMICROBIAL FINISH

ANTIMICROBIAL HEALTH CARE LOCKERS


MEDSAFE™ HEALTH CARE LOCKERS

Specially formulated powder coat finish protects against


bacteria, mold, yeast & mildew for up to 20 years!

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge
BODY STYLES: Single and double tier
CUSTOM FEATURES: Antimicrobial finish
DOOR: 16 gauge, louvered for added ventilation,
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Stainless steel recessed handle with multi-point
gravity lift-type latching. Recessed handle protects finish
from being marred by padlock.
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two single hooks
per single and double tier opening.
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers.
LEGS: All stock lockers are standard with 6” high legs.
Lockers without legs are available for a nominal charge.

Single Tier, Double Tier,


1 wide, 1 wide,
1 opening 2 openings


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UMS1288-1 UMS1288-1A PL
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UMS3288-1 UMS3288-1A PL
15 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UMS1588-1 UMS1588-1A PL
15 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UMS3588-1 UMS3588-1A PL
18 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UMS1888-1 UMS1888-1A PL
18 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UMS3888-1 UMS3888-1A PL
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UMS1288-2 UMS1288-2A PL
711 12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UMS3288-2 UMS3288-2A PL
ANTIMICROBIAL 15 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UMS1588-2 UMS1588-2A PL
LIGHT GRAY
(PL-AM) 15 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UMS3588-2 UMS3588-2A PL

74
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
HALLOWELL QUALITY
TO FIT A TIGHT BUDGET Hallowell-List.com

ValueMax lockers offer


exceptional value, quality and
finish at an affordable price.

VALUEMAX™ ECONOMY LOCKERS


ValueMax lockers are the
perfect solution for limited
budget projects. Number plates
are included
FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge
BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier
DOOR: 16 gauge, louvered for added ventilation Standard louvered
doors included
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Single-point thru-the-door friction
catch door pull designed for use with a padlock
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two
6” high legs are
single hooks per single and double tier opening. standard
One double ceiling hook for triple tier.
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a
nominal cost
Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier,
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in 1 wide,
1 opening
3 wide,
6 openings
3 wide,
9 openings
single tier lockers.
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without
legs are available for a nominal charge.

Single point
Thru-the-door
Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color friction catch with
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection finger pull and
SINGLE TIER padlock hasp
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UH1228-1 UH1228-1A PT, HG
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UH3228-1 UH3228-1A PT, HG
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UH1258-1 UH1258-1A PT, HG
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UH3258-1 UH3258-1A PT, HG
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UH1288-1 UH1288-1A PT, HG
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UH3288-1 UH3288-1A PT, HG
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UH1228-2 UH1228-2A PT, HG
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UH3228-2 UH3228-2A PT, HG 729
TAN (PT)
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UH1258-2 UH1258-2A PT, HG
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UH3258-2 UH3258-2A PT, HG
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UH1288-2 UH1288-2A PT, HG 725
DARK GRAY
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UH3288-2 UH3288-2A PT, HG (HG)
TRIPLE TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UH1228-3 UH1228-3A PT, HG
12
12
12
15
24
24
78
78
3
3
3-wide
1-wide
9
3
UH3228-3 UH3228-3A
UH1258-3 UH1258-3A
PT, HG
PT, HG
LOCKER
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UH3258-3 UH3258-3A PT, HG ACCESSORIES
12
12
18
18
24
24
78
78
3
3
1-wide
3-wide
3
9
UH1288-3 UH1288-3A
UH3288-3 UH3288-3A
PT, HG
PT, HG PAGES 86-87

75
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK MAINTENANCE-FREE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP QUIET LOCKERS

MFQ!
Modern flush door design with safety-minded recessed handle
and reinforced door make our Maintenance-Free™ Quiet KD
stock lockers the smart choice.
FEATURES:
MAINTENANCE-FREE™ QUIET KD LOCKERS

BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two single hooks per
BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier single and double tier opening. One double ceiling hook for triple tier.
DOOR: 16 gauge, solid with welded in door stiffener COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
HINGES: Continuous piano type SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers.
HANDLE: Deep drawn stainless steel recessed handle with single- LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are available
point latching. Recessed handle protects finish from being marred for a nominal charge
by padlock.
Maintenance-Free Quiet
Lockers include a 3" wide
18 gauge full height door
stiffener spot welded to the
inner door face and MIG
welded to the hinge side as
well as to the top and bottom
door flanges providing a rigid
torque-free door.
Deep-drawn 401 stainless
steel recessed handle
with single-point latching

Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier,


1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide,
1 opening 2 openings 3 openings

Single Tier, Triple Tier,


3 wide, 3 wide,
3 openings 9 openings

76
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
CARE-FREE DESIGN
QUIET OPERATION
REINFORCED DOORS Hallowell-List.com


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER

MAINTENANCE-FREE™ QUIET KD LOCKERS


12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1228-1 UY1228-1A PT, HG
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3228-1 UY3228-1A PT, HG
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1258-1 UY1258-1A PT, HG
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3258-1 UY3258-1A PT, HG
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1288-1 UY1288-1A PT, HG
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3288-1 UY3288-1A PT, HG
15 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1558-1 UY1558-1A PT, HG
15 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3558-1 UY3558-1A PT, HG
15 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1588-1 UY1588-1A PT, HG
15 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3588-1 UY3588-1A PT, HG
15 21 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1518-1 UY1518-1A PT, HG NEW
15 21 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3518-1 UY3518-1A PT, HG NEW
15 24 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1548-1 UY1548-1A PT, HG NEW
15 24 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3548-1 UY3548-1A PT, HG NEW
18 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1888-1 UY1888-1A PT, HG
18 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3888-1 UY3888-1A PT, HG
18 21 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1818-1 UY1818-1A PT, HG
18 21 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3818-1 UY3818-1A PT, HG
18 24 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UY1848-1 UY1848-1A PT, HG NEW
18 24 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UY3848-1 UY3848-1A PT, HG NEW
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1228-2 UY1228-2A PT, HG
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3228-2 UY3228-2A PT, HG
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1258-2 UY1258-2A PT, HG
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3258-2 UY3258-2A PT, HG
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1288-2 UY1288-2A PT, HG
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3288-2 UY3288-2A PT, HG
15 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1558-2 UY1558-2A PT, HG
15 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3558-2 UY3558-2A PT, HG
15 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1588-2 UY1588-2A PT, HG
15 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3588-2 UY3588-2A PT, HG
15 21 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1518-2 UY1518-2A PT, HG NEW
15 21 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3518-2 UY3518-2A PT, HG NEW
15 24 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1548-2 UY1548-2A PT, HG NEW
15 24 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3548-2 UY3548-2A PT, HG NEW
18 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1888-2 UY1888-2A PT, HG
18 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3888-2 UY3888-2A PT, HG
18 21 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1818-2 UY1818-2A PT, HG
18 21 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3818-2 UY3818-2A PT, HG
18 24 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UY1848-2 UY1848-2A PT, HG NEW
18 24 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UY3848-2 UY3848-2A PT, HG NEW
TRIPLE TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UY1228-3 UY1228-3A PT, HG
12 12 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UY3228-3 UY3228-3A PT, HG
12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UY1258-3 UY1258-3A PT, HG
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UY3258-3 UY3258-3A PT, HG
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UY1288-3 UY1288-3A PT, HG
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UY3288-3 UY3288-3A PT, HG

LOCKER
729 725
DARK GRAY
ACCESSORIES
TAN (PT)
(HG) PAGES 86-87

77
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK ELECTRONIC ACCESS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STOCK KD LOCKERS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge
BODY STYLES: Single, double, triple and six tier
DOOR: 16 gauge, louvered type, 18 gauge for box doors
LATCHING: Single-point
DIGITECH™ ELECTRONIC ACCESS LOCKERS

HINGES: Continuous piano type


HANDLE: User programmable electronic lock/handle,
Locks arrive in Day-Use mode for single-point latching
shared use and can be programmed HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two single
for permanent use by management. hooks per single and double tier opening. One double
ceiling hook for triple tier. No hooks for 6 tier
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers.
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are
available for a nominal charge.

Single Tier,
1 wide,
1 opening

Double Tier,
1 wide,
2 openings

Single Tier,
3 wide,
3 openings

Six Tier,
3 wide,
18 openings

78
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
PERFECT FOR BOTH SHARED AND
PERMANENT USE Hallowell-List.com

LOCK FEATURES:
• Powered by 2 AA batteries which provide in excess

DIGITECH™ ELECTRONIC ACCESS LOCKERS


of 10,000 uses.
• 2 AA batteries are included. LED INDICATORS
• LED’s flash to indicate low battery level.
• Locker can be opened when batteries are low or
dead by using the Master Key override.
• 8-digit master and sub-master codes for two levels
of management security.

DAY-USE MODE:
• User can lock and unlock any available locker door
with a user selected 4-digit code.
• Upon returning, user enters the 4-digit code to unlock
the door. Code is erased and the locker is available
for the next user. ROTATE TO OPEN

OVERRIDE KEY
PERMANENT MODE:
• User enters a pre-programmed 4-digit code to unlock
and use locker repeatedly.
• Lock does not require a code to re-lock door.


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UEL1228-1 UEL1228-1A PT
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UEL3228-1 UEL3228-1A PT
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UEL1258-1 UEL1258-1A PT
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UEL3258-1 UEL3258-1A PT
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UEL1288-1 UEL1288-1A PT
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UEL3288-1 UEL3288-1A PT
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UEL1228-2 UEL1228-2A PT
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UEL3228-2 UEL3228-2A PT
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UEL1258-2 UEL1258-2A PT
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UEL3258-2 UEL3258-2A PT
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UEL1288-2 UEL1288-2A PT
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UEL3288-2 UEL3288-2A PT
TRIPLE TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UEL1228-3 UEL1228-3A PT
12 12 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UEL3228-3 UEL3228-3A PT
12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UEL1258-3 UEL1258-3A PT
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UEL3258-3 UEL3258-3A PT 729
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UEL1288-3 UEL1288-3A PT TAN (PT)
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UEL3288-3 UEL3288-3A PT
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 UEL1228-6 UEL1228-6A PT
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 UEL3228-6 UEL3228-6A PT
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 UEL1258-6 UEL1258-6A PT LOCKER
12
12
15
18
12
12
78
78
6
6
3-wide
1-wide
18
6
UEL3258-6 UEL3258-6A PT
UEL1288-6 UEL1288-6A PT ACCESSORIES
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 UEL3288-6 UEL3288-6A PT PAGES 86-87

79
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK WHEN MONITORING LOCKER
Hallowell-List.com SHIP CONTENTS IS DESIRED

KD WARDROBE LOCKERS

WARDROBE LOCKER FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge
SAFETY-VIEW® LOCKERS

BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier


DOOR: 16 gauge steel with two high strength injection molded
polycarbonate panels per door for easy content viewing
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Stainless steel recessed handle with multi-point
gravity lift-type latching. Recessed handle protects finish from
being marred by padlock.
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two single hooks
per single and double tier opening. One double ceiling hook for
triple tier
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are
available for a nominal charge.

Double Tier,
Clear Polycarbonate 3 wide,
Door Inserts 6 openings


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 USV1228-1 USV1228-1A PT
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 USV3228-1 USV3228-1A PT
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 USV1258-1 USV1258-1A PT
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 USV3258-1 USV3258-1A PT
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 USV1288-1 USV1288-1A PT
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 USV3288-1 USV3288-1A PT
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 USV1228-2 USV1228-2A PT
729 12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 USV3228-2 USV3228-2A PT
TAN (PT) 12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 USV1258-2 USV1258-2A PT
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 USV3258-2 USV3258-2A PT
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 USV1288-2 USV1288-2A PT
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 USV3288-2 USV3288-2A PT
TRIPLE TIER
LOCKER 12
12
12
12
24
24
78
78
3
3
1-wide
3-wide
3
9
USV1228-3 USV1228-3A PT
USV3228-3 USV3228-3A PT
ACCESSORIES 12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 USV1258-3 USV1258-3A PT
PAGES 86-87 12
12
15
18
24
24
78
78
3
3
3-wide
1-wide
9
3
USV3258-3 USV3258-3A PT
USV1288-3 USV1288-3A PT
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 USV3288-3 USV3288-3A PT

80
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
CLEAR DOORS FOR
UNOBSTRUCTED VIEWING Hallowell-List.com

KD BOX LOCKERS

SAFETY-VIEW® PLUS LOCKERS


BOX LOCKER FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge
BODY STYLES: Four tier, six tier, sixteen person and wall mount
DOOR: High strength injection molded clear polycarbonate doors for
unobstructed content viewing
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Single-point projecting friction catch door pull prepared for both
padlock or built-in lock
COAT RODS: Standard on Sixteen person
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are available for a
nominal charge
GENERAL FEATURES:
• Aluminum number plates (#1-up) with mounting hardware are included.
• Locks are not included.
• Safety-View plus doors provide an unobstructed view of locker contents
• Can be ordered fully-assembled or knock-down for assembly at destination
• Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide units to complete quantity
needed for each continuous row Clear Polycarbonate
Doors

Six-tier,
3 wide,
Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color 18 openings
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
FOUR TIER
12 12 18 78 4 1-wide 4 USVP1228-4 USVP1228-4A PT
12 12 18 78 4 3-wide 12 USVP3228-4 USVP3228-4A PT
12 15 18 78 4 1-wide 4 USVP1258-4 USVP1258-4A PT
12 15 18 78 4 3-wide 12 USVP3258-4 USVP3258-4A PT
12 18 18 78 4 1-wide 4 USVP1288-4 USVP1288-4A PT
12 18 18 78 4 3-wide 12 USVP3288-4 USVP3288-4A PT 729
FIVE TIER TAN (PT)
12 12 12 66 5 1-wide 5 USVP1226-5 USVP1226-5A PT
12 12 12 66 5 3-wide 15 USVP3226-5 USVP3226-5A PT
12 15 12 66 5 1-wide 5 USVP1256-5 USVP1256-5A PT
12 15 12 66 5 3-wide 15 USVP3256-5 USVP3256-5A PT
12 18 12 66 5 1-wide 5 USVP1286-5 USVP1286-5A PT
12 18 12 66 5 3-wide 15 USVP3286-5 USVP3286-5A PT
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 USVP1228-6 USVP1228-6A PT
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 USVP3228-6 USVP3228-6A PT
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 USVP1258-6 USVP1258-6A PT
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 USVP3258-6 USVP3258-6A PT
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 USVP1288-6 USVP1288-6A PT
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 USVP3288-6 USVP3288-6A PT LOCKER
4-WIDE WALL MOUNT
48 18 12 14-3/4 4-Wide Wall Mount 4 USVP1482-4WM USVP1482-4WMA PT
ACCESSORIES
16-PERSON PAGES 86-87
72 18 12 78 16-Person Unit 16 USVP1788-16 USVP1788-16A PT

81
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK DIGITECH SAFETY-VIEW PLUS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP BOX LOCKERS

DigiTech Safety-View Plus Box Lockers


DIGITECH SAFETY-VIEW PLUS BOX LOCKERS

BOX LOCKER FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge
BODY STYLES: Four tier, six tier, sixteen person and wall mount
DOOR: High strength injection molded clear polycarbonate doors for
unobstructed content viewing
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Digitech lock serves as door pull when in the open position
HOOKS: None
COAT RODS: Standard on Sixteen person
SHELVES: None
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are available for a
nominal charge
GENERAL FEATURES:
• Aluminum number plates (#1-up) with mounting hardware are included
• Digitech Locks and 2 AA batteries included
• Safety-View plus doors provide an unobstructed view of locker contents
Four Tier,
3 wide, • Can be ordered fully-assembled or knock-down for assembly at destination
12 openings
• Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide units to complete quantity
needed for each continuous row
• Available for immediate shipping

LED INDICATORS

Digitech
Electronic
Access
Lock

ROTATE TO OPEN

OVERRIDE KEY

Clear Polycarbonate
Doors Provide View of
Locker Contents

82
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ELECTRONIC ACCESS
SEE THRU DOORS Hallowell-List.com

LOCK FEATURES: DAY-USE MODE:


• Powered by 2 AA batteries which provide in excess • User can lock and unlock any available locker door with a user

DIGITECH SAFETY-VIEW PLUS BOX LOCKERS


of 10,000 uses. selected 4-digit code.
• 2 AA batteries are included. • Upon returning, user enters the 4-digit code to unlock the door.
• LED’s flash to indicate low battery level. Code is erased and the locker is available for the next user.
• Locker can be opened when batteries are low or
dead by using the Master Key override. PERMANENT MODE:
• 8-digit master and sub-master codes for two levels • User enters a pre-programmed 4-digit code to unlock and use
of management security. locker repeatedly.
• Lock does not require a code to re-lock door.

4-Wide
Wall Mount
4 openings

Digitech
Electronic
16-Person Unit Access
16 openings Lock

Four Tier, Six Tier,


1 wide, 1 wide,
4 openings 6 openings


Opening Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
FOUR TIER
12 12 18 78 4 1-wide 4 UESVP1228-4 UESVP1228-4A PT
12 12 18 78 4 3-wide 12 UESVP3228-4 UESVP3228-4A PT
12 15 18 78 4 1-wide 4 UESVP1258-4 UESVP1258-4A PT
12 15 18 78 4 3-wide 12 UESVP3258-4 UESVP3258-4A PT
12 18 18 78 4 1-wide 4 UESVP1288-4 UESVP1288-4A PT
12 18 18 78 4 3-wide 12 UESVP1288-4 UESVP1288-4A PT
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 UESVP1228-6 UESVP1228-6A PT
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 UESVP3228-6 UESVP3228-6A PT
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 UESVP1258-6 UESVP1258-6A PT
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 UESVP3258-6 UESVP3258-6A PT
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 UESVP1288-6 UESVP1288-6A PT
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 UESVP1288-6 UESVP1288-6A PT
4-WIDE WALL MOUNT
48 18 12 14-3/4 4-Wide Wall Mount 4 UESVP1482-4WM UESVP1482-4WMA PT
16-PERSON UNIT
72 18 12 78 16-Person Unit 16 UESVP1788-16 UESVP1788-16A PT

729
TAN (PT)
LOCKER
ACCESSORIES
PAGES 86-87
83
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HEAVY-DUTY VENTILATED
Hallowell-List.com SHIP (HDV) KD STOCK LOCKERS

Heavy-Duty Ventilated (HDV) KD Stock Lockers

Ventilated doors and sides

Heavy gauge door and body


HEAVY-DUTY VENTILATED (HDV) LOCKERS

Large capacity sizes available

Strength and ventilation in one


practical locker

Double Tier,
1 wide,
2 openings

Six Tier,
3 wide,
18 openings

Double Tier,
3 wide,
6 opening

3X MORE STEEL
THAN CONVENTIONAL LOCKERS
Six Tier,
1 wide,
6 openings
Six Tier,
1 wide,
6 openings
Single Tier,
1 wide,
1 opening

84
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
WHEN STRENGTH AND
VENTILATION MATTER Hallowell-List.com

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 16 gauge HANDLE (box): Box lockers include a projecting
body with 18 gauge back. Sides are diamond perfo- single-point friction catch door pull prepared for both
rated for maximum ventilation padlock or built-in lock. No moving parts insures
quiet maintenance-free operation.

HEAVY-DUTY VENTILATED (HDV) LOCKERS


BODY STYLES: Single, double and six tier
DOOR: 14 gauge, diamond perforated for HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two
maximum ventilation single hooks per single and double tier opening.
One double ceiling hook for triple tier.
HINGES: Continuous piano type
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a
HANDLE (wardrobe): Stainless steel recessed nominal cost
handle with multi-point gravity lift-type latching.
Recessed handle protects finish from being marred SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers.
by padlock. LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without
legs are available for a nominal charge.

Opening Frame Openings Knock-down Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1228-1HDV U1228-1HV-A PT, HG
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3228-1HDV U3228-1HV-A PT, HG
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1258-1HDV U1258-1HV-A PT, HG
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3258-1HDV U3258-1HV-A PT, HG
Single Tier,
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1288-1HDV U1288-1HV-A PT, HG
1 wide, 12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3288-1HDV U3288-1HV-A PT, HG
1 opening 15 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1558-1HDV U1558-1HV-A PT, HG
15 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3558-1HDV U3558-1HV-A PT, HG
15 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1588-1HDV U1588-1HV-A PT, HG
15 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3588-1HDV U3588-1HV-A PT, HG
15 21 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1518-1HDV U1518-1HV-A PT, HG
15 21 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3518-1HDV U3518-1HV-A PT, HG
18 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1888-1HDV U1888-1HV-A PT, HG
18 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3888-1HDV U3888-1HV-A PT, HG
18 21 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1818-1HDV U1818-1HV-A PT, HG
18 21 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3818-1HDV U3818-1HV-A PT, HG
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1228-2HDV U1228-2HV-A PT, HG
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3228-2HDV U3228-2HV-A PT, HG
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1258-2HDV U1258-2HV-A PT, HG
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3258-2HDV U3258-2HV-A PT, HG
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1288-2HDV U1288-2HV-A PT, HG
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3288-2HDV U3288-2HV-A PT, HG
15 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1558-2HDV U1558-2HV-A PT, HG
15 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3558-2HDV U3558-2HV-A PT, HG
15 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1588-2HDV U1588-2HV-A PT, HG
15 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3588-2HDV U3588-2HV-A PT, HG
15 21 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1518-2HDV U1518-2HV-A PT, HG
15 21 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3518-2HDV U3518-2HV-A PT, HG
18 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1888-2HDV U1888-2HV-A PT, HG
18 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3888-2HDV U3888-2HV-A PT, HG
18 21 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1818-2HDV U1818-2HV-A PT, HG
18 21 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3818-2HDV U3818-2HV-A PT, HG
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1228-6HDV U1228-6HV-A PT, HG
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3228-6HDV U3228-6HV-A PT, HG
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1258-6HDV U1258-6HV-A PT, HG
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3258-6HDV U3258-6HV-A PT, HG
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1288-6HDV U1288-6HV-A PT, HG
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3288-6HDV U3288-6HV-A PT, HG
Single Tier,
1 wide,

LOCKER
1 opening
729 725
DARK GRAY
TAN (PT)
(HG) ACCESSORIES
PAGES 86-87
85
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK COMPLETE SELECTION OF STOCK
Hallowell-List.com SHIP KD LOCKER ACCESSORIES

Width Depth Height Cat No. Color Selection


INDIVIDUAL SLOPE TOPS
12 12 4 KISTT1212 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 5 KISTT1215 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 6 KISTT1218 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 15 5 KISTT1515 PT, HG
15 18 6 KISTT1518 PT, HG
15 21 7 KISTT1521 PT
18 18 6 KISTT1818 PT, HG
INDIVIDUAL SLOPE TOPS 18 21 7 KISTT1821 PT, HG
18 24 8 KISTT1824 PT
ACCESSORY SELECTION

END CLOSURES (FOR INDIVIDUAL SLOPE TOPS


12 4 KISE12 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 5 KISE15 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
18 6 KISE18 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
21 7 KISE21 PT, HG
24 8 KISE24 PT
SLOPE TOP FILLER (FOR INDIVIDUAL SLOPE TOPS)
6 12 4 KSTF0612 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
6 15 5 KSTF0615 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
6 18 6 KSTF0618 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 4 KSTF1212 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
END CLOSURES 12 15 5 KSTF1215 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
FOR INDIVIDUAL SLOPE TOPS 12 18 6 KSTF1218 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
CONTINUOUS SLOPE TOP
72 12 4 CST1272 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
72 15 5 CST1572 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
72 18 6 CST1872 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
END CLOSURES (FOR CONTINUOUS SLOPE TOP)
12 4 WCSE12 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 5 WCSE15 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
18 6 WCSE18 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
SLOPE TOP CORNER
12 12 STC12 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
SLOPE TOP FILLER 15 15 STC15 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
18 18 STC18 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
CLOSED FRONT BASE
12 6 KCFB12 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 6 KCFB15 PT, HG
18 6 KCFB18 PT, HG
CLOSED SIDE BASE
12 6 KCSB12 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 6 KCSB15 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
18 6 KCSB18 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
21 6 KCSB21 PT, HG
24 6 KCSB24 PT
CLOSED FRONT AND SIDE BASE

CONTINUOUS SLOPE TOP END CLOSURES SLOPE TOP CORNER


FOR CONTINUOUS SLOPE TOPS
Accessories work with lockers shown on pages 66-73 and 75-85.
Not compatible with 16-person or 4 wide wall-mount lockers.
729 707 725 708 711
TAN (PT) MARINE BLUE (MB) DARK Gray (HG) BLACK (ME) LIGHT GRAY (PL)

86
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
COMPLETE SELECTION OF STOCK
KD LOCKER ACCESSORIES Hallowell-List.com

Width Depth Height Cat. No. Color Selection


Z-BASE FRONTS
72 4 KZBF-N PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
Z-BASE ENDS
12 4 KZBE12-N PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 4 KZBE15-N PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
18 4 KZBE18-N PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
Z-BASE SPLICE
3 KZBS-N PT
TOP RECESSED TRIM
RECESSED TRIM

ACCESSORY SELECTION
72 3 KRT-T PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
TOP RECESSED TRIM SPLICE
3 3 KRT-SC PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
SIDE RECESS TRIM
3 63 KRT60L PT
3 63 KRT60R PT
3 75 KRT72L PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
3 75 KRT72R PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
COAT RODS
12 KCR12 Plated
15 KCR15 Plated
18 KCR18 Plated
21 KCR21 Plated FRONT FILLER AND SLIPJOINT
24 KCR24 Plated
7.5 (For Duplex and Two-Person only) KCR15L Plated
7.5 (For Duplex and Two-Person only) KCR15R Plated
FRONT FILLERS
6 66 KFSF0666 PT
12 66 KFSF1266 PT
6 78 KFSF0678 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 78 KFSF1278 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
FILLER SLIP JOINTS
66 KG66 PT
78 KG78 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
UNIVERSAL ANGLE
1 2 72 AF010272 PT
FLAT TOP FILLERS
FLAT TOP FILLER
6 12 KFTF0612 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
6 15 KFTF0615 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
6 18 KFTF0618 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 12 KFTF1212 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 15 KFTF1215 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
12 18 KFTF1218 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
FLAT TOP CORNER
12 12 FTC12 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 15 FTC15 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
18 18 FTC18 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
UNIVERSAL END PANELS
12 60 KMP1260 PT, HG
15 60 KMP1560 PT, HG
18 60 KMP1860 PT, HG
12 72 KMP1272 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
15 72 KMP1572 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
FLAT TOP CORNER
18 72 KMP1872 PT, HG, MB, ME, PL
21 72 KMP2172 PT, HG
24 72 KMP2472 PT

COAT RODS W/ HOLDERS Z-BASE FRONTS, ENDS, SPLICE FINISHED END PANEL

87
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HYBRID WARDROBE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP KD STOCK LOCKERS

Includes
Key Lock
WOOD-METAL WARDROBE LOCKERS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge sheet steel
BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier
DOOR: Furniture grade red oak plywood, finished with 2
coats of lacquer
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HOOKS: Two single hooks per single and double tier
opening. One double prong ceiling hook for triple tier.
COAT RODS: Standard for single and double tier
SHELVES: Hat shelf in single tier lockers only.
LEGS: 6" high legs are standard. Lockers without legs are
available at a nominal charge legs appearance:
COLOR: black frame with red oak door
NOTE: Other optional locking methods also available

Single tier, Double tier, Triple tier,


1 wide 1 wide 1 wide

GENERAL FEATURES:
• Lockers can be ordered fully-assembled or knock-down for
assembly at destination.
• Order 3-wide units for best value. Order 1-wide units to
complete quantity needed for each continuous row.
• Aluminum number plates (#1-up) with mounting hardware
are included. Number plate face is black with silver etched
numerals. If a special numbering sequence is required,
please specify when ordering. Number sequence must be
consecutive numbers equal to the number of openings
(doors) ordered.
• Built-in key locks are included.

88
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
THE PRESTIGE OF FINE WOOD, THE
AFFORDABLE PRICE OF METAL KD LOCKERS Hallowell-List.com

Red Oak Doors and Steel Frame & Body


All lockers shown with optional closed metal base

WOOD-METAL WARDROBE LOCKERS


Opening Frame Openings Knock-down Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UW1288-1MEW UW1288-1A-MEW ME/Wood
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UW3288-1MEW UW3288-1A-MEW ME/Wood
15 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 UW1588-1MEW UW1588-1A-MEW ME/Wood
15 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 UW3588-1MEW UW3588-1A-MEW ME/Wood
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UW1288-2MEW UW1288-2A-MEW ME/Wood RED OAK
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UW3288-2MEW UW3288-2A-MEW ME/Wood DOORS
15 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 UW1588-2MEW UW1588-2A-MEW ME/Wood
15 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 UW3588-2MEW UW3588-2A-MEW ME/Wood
TRIPLE TIER
708 BLACK
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 UW1288-3MEW UW1288-3A-MEW ME/Wood
(ME)
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 UW3288-3MEW UW3288-3A-MEW ME/Wood

Accessories LOCKER
CLOSED FRONT BASES ACCESSORIES
PAGES 86-87
12 6 KCFB12ME ME
15 6 KCFB15ME ME
CLOSED SIDE BASES
18 6 KCSB18ME ME

89
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK CLUB WARDROBE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STOCK WOOD LOCKERS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Wood lockers shall be
WOOD WARDROBE LOCKERS

fabricated from ¾” plain sliced red oak plywood


throughout including sides, backs and hat shelves.
BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier
FINISH: All interior/front faces to be finished with a
three coat catalyzed clear cabinet lacquer or equivalent.
DOOR: Furniture grade red oak plywood, finished with
3 coats of lacquer
HINGES: Concealed European-style cabinet hinges
HOOKS: Two single hooks per single and double tier
opening. One double prong ceiling hook for triple tier.
COAT RODS: Standard for single and double tier
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers.
LEGS: No legs
APPEARANCE: Natural red oak
NOTE: Other optional locking methods also available

Single tier,
1 wide
Shown with
optional finished
end panels

Double tier,
1 wide
Shown with
optional finished
end panels, base
Available optional decorative crown and crown molding
molding and base in red oak finish
Triple tier,
1 wide
Shown with
optional finished
end panels

Concealed European style cabinet


door hinges Key locks are standard

RED OAK

90
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
IDEAL FOR COUNTRY CLUBS, HEALTH SPAS
AND FITNESS CENTERS Hallowell-List.com

WOOD WARDROBE LOCKERS


Single tier, 3 wide, 3 openings Double tier, 3 wide, 6 openings Triple tier, 3 wide, 9 openings
Shown with optional finished end panels, Shown with optional finished end panels, Shown with optional finished end panels,
base and decorative crown molding base and decorative crown molding base and decorative crown molding

Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 UW1282-1A-W Red Oak
12 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 UW3282-1A-W Red Oak
15 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 UW1582-1A-W Red Oak
15 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 UW3582-1A-W Red Oak
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 UW1282-2A-W Red Oak
12 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 UW3282-2A-W Red Oak
15 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 UW1582-2A-W Red Oak
15 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 UW3582-2A-W Red Oak
TRIPLE TIER
12 18 24 72 3 1-wide 3 UW1282-3A-W Red Oak
12 18 24 72 3 3-wide 9 UW3282-3A-W Red Oak
15 18 24 72 3 1-wide 3 UW1582-3A-W Red Oak
15 18 24 72 3 3-wide 9 UW3588-3A-W Red Oak

Accessories Color
Width Depth Height Catalog No. Selection
BASE
12 18 4 WCB128W Red Oak
36 18 4 WCB328W Red Oak
15 18 4 WCB158W Red Oak
45 18 4 WCB358W Red Oak
FINISHED END BASE
18 4 WCEB18W Red Oak
3/4 FINISHED END PANEL (required at exposed ends)
18 72 WCEP1872W Red Oak
FRONT CROWN MOLDING
12 4 WCM12W Red Oak
15 4 WCM15W Red Oak
36 4 WCM36W Red Oak
45 4 WCM45W Red Oak
END CROWN MOLDING
18 4 WCME18W Red Oak

91
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK RECRUITER WOOD SPORT
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STOCK LOCKERS


RECRUITER WOOD SPORT LOCKERS

Recruiter lockers are crafted of furniture grade red oak and


finished using three coats of high grade cabinet lacquer. Red
oak is naturally moisture and mildew resistant so you can
be sure to benefit from your investment for years to come.
Recruiter lockers are virtually unaffected by normal locker
room conditions and are designed to stand up to daily use by
today’s athletes!

In addition to our standard stock designs and sizes, our


engineers are readily available to assist you in custom
designing a locker to meet your specific needs. Be it a fitness
center, team locker room, country club or resort health spa,
we stand behind our product with a full one year warranty that
covers defects in materials and workmanship.

• All lockers ship fully-assembled • Optional team engraved logo on security box door
• Fabricated from furniture grade red oak • Lower foot locker/seat allows for storage of bulk items
• Strong, durable and long-lasting • Chrome plated coat rod
• Excellent moisture resistance • Shoulder pad storage
• Upper security box door built-in combination lock • 3-coat lacquer finish

RED OAK

92
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
CREATE A UNIQUE ENVIRONMENT
Hallowell-List.com

The beauty is in the details...


These lockers are high quality fine furniture. We take special pride
in ensuring that each locker is a true work of art. All are made in our
own manufacturing plant and shipped directly to you.

RECRUITER WOOD SPORT LOCKERS


Shown with
optional Digitech
Lock and
Engraved Door

Lock Options for All Lockers

SEE PAGE 122 FOR


CUSTOM OPTIONS
FROM PRODUCTION Key Cam Lock Built-In Digitech™ Mechanical Lock
Combination Lock Electronic Lock (no batteries)

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Wood lockers shall be fabricated from HOOKS: Two double prong metal hooks
¾” plain sliced red oak plywood throughout including sides, backs
and hat shelves. CLOTHES ROD: Made from KV 1-1/16" diameter chrome plated
steel, 075" wall thickness
BODY STYLES: Single tier
UPPER SHELF: Covered with Wilson-Art 7888-60 Golden Oak
SIZES: 24" wide x 24" deep x 84" high plastic laminate for durability
30" wide x 24" deep x 84" high APPEARANCE: Color: Natural red oak
FINISH: All locker parts to be finished with a three coat catalyzed WARRANTY: 1 year
clear cabinet lacquer
TRIM: Face trim, shelf valances, seat front nosing, seat hinge Width Depth Height Catalog Number
support blocking and seat side support cleats are made from red Recruiter Wood Lockers
oak lumber 24 24 84 RL242484-1SB
SECURITY BOX DOOR: Made from red oak lumber 30 24 84 RL302484-1SB
HINGES: Continuous in bright brass plating Finished End Panels
- 24 84 RLEP2484L
- 24 84 RLEP2484R

93
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK GALVANITE™ RUST RESISTANT
Hallowell-List.com SHIP STOCK KD LOCKERS

Galvanite™ Rust Resistant Lockers


Galvanite lockers are fabricated from prime galvannealed (hot-dipped zinc coated,
annealed) sheet steel , then finished with an electrostatically applied high grade
powder coat finish providing double protection against corrosion.
FEATURES: HANDLE (box): Box lockers include a projecting
GALVANITE™ RUST RESISTANT LOCKERS

BODY CONSTRUCTION: 24 gauge, single-point friction catch door pull prepared for
galvannealed corrosion resistant sheet steel both padlock or built-in lock. No moving parts
BODY STYLES: Single, double, triple and six tier insures quiet maintenance-free operation.
DOOR: 16 gauge, galvannealed corrosion HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two
resistant sheet steel louvered for added single hooks per single and double tier opening.
ventilation, 18 gauge for box doors One double ceiling hook for triple tier. No hooks
for six tier lockers.
HINGES: Continuous piano type
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a
HANDLE (wardrobe): Stainless steel recessed nominal cost
handle with multi-point gravity lift-type latching.
Recessed handle protects finish from being SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in
marred by padlock. single tier lockers.
LEGS: 6” high legs are standard. Lockers without
legs are available for a nominal charge.

Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier, Six Tier,


1 wide, 1 wide, 3 wide, 3 wide,
1 opening 2 openings 9 openings 18 openings

94
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
IDEAL FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND CORROSION
PRONE AREAS Hallowell-List.com

GALVANITE™ CORROSION Ideal for use in high


RESISTANT SHEET STEEL
PREVENTS RUST AND CORROSION
humidity areas, out-
door locations, near
Galvanite™, is List Industries’ trade marked name for shower or pool areas
lockers and cabinets manufactured with galvannealed
and food industry

GALVANITE™ RUST RESISTANT LOCKERS


sheet steel components and finished with an
facilities.
electrostatically applied high-grade powder coat finish. Galvanite™ cold rolled sheet
Galvanneal and powder coat offer exceptional double steel with our powder coat
protection against corrosion, even under the most finish after a 336 hour salt
adverse conditions. Tests indicate that galvanneal spray test.
increases the estimated life-cycle threefold.

WHAT IS GALVANNEAL?
Galvanite sheet
Galvanneal is the result of the combined processes steel can be ordered
of galvanizing (hot-dipped zinc coating) and anneal- on any Production
ing (heat treatment). Galvanneal does not flake when
formed or stamped. The very fine matte finish acts
locker or cabinet
like a primer that easily adheres to paint. as an option
These characteristics make galvannealed sheet steel Common cold rolled sheet
ideal for steel lockers in high humidity, corrosion steel after a 336 hour salt
prone areas. spray test.

Opening Frame Openings Knock-down Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1228-1G U1228-1GA PT
12 12 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3228-1G U3228-1GA PT
12 15 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1258-1G U1258-1GA PT
12 15 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3258-1G U3258-1GA PT
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 U1288-1G U1288-1GA PT
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 U3288-1G U3288-1GA PT
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1228-2G U1228-2GA PT
12 12 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3228-2G U3228-2GA PT
12 15 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1258-2G U1258-2GA PT
12 15 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3258-2G U3258-2GA PT
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 U1288-2G U1288-2GA PT
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 U3288-2G U3288-2GA PT
TRIPLE TIER
12 12 24 78 3 1-wide 3 U1228-3G U1228-3GA PT
12 12 24 78 3 3-wide 9 U3228-3G U3228-3GA PT
12 15 24 78 3 1-wide 3 U1258-3G U1258-3GA PT
12 15 24 78 3 3-wide 9 U3258-3G U3258-3GA PT
12 18 24 78 3 1-wide 3 U1288-3G U1288-3GA PT
12 18 24 78 3 3-wide 9 U3288-3G U3288-3GA PT
SIX TIER
12 12 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1228-6G U1228-6GA PT
12 12 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3228-6G U3228-6GA PT
12 15 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1258-6G U1258-6GA PT
12 15 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3258-6G U3258-6GA PT
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 U1288-6G U1288-6GA PT
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 U3288-6G U3288-6GA PT
Triple Tier,
729
LOCKER
1 wide,
3 openings
TAN (PT)
ACCESSORIES
PAGES 86-87
95
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK PROVIDES MAXIMUM
Hallowell-List.com SHIP CORROSION RESISTANCE

Aquamax Solid Plastic Lockers are Ideal for applications where


high humidity, moisture and water are present. Plastic lockers
are fabricated from solid high density polyethylene panels (HDPE)
for maximum strength and durability while providing corrosion
resistance to most common chemicals.
AQUAMAX™ LOCKERS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Corrosion Proof High Density Polyethylene (HDPE),
with 3/8” thick body panels
BODY STYLES: Single, double, triple, six tier and z-tier
HINGES: heavy-duty continuous full height extruded aluminum with a
powder-coat finish to match color of door
HANDLE (Wardrobe): Projecting solid plastic handle with lift-type latching
HANDLE (Box): Single-point thru-the-door padlock hasp with projecting
door pull
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers
Z-Tier,
3 wide,
6 openings HOOKS: 2 single-prong hooks in single and double tier lockers

6-Tier,
1 wide,
6 openings
ADVANTAGES:
• Scratch Resistant
• Corrosion Resistant
• Mildew and odor resistant
• Graffiti resistant
• Impact and dent resistant
Wardrobe Doors:
Projecting solid plastic han-
dle with lift-type latching • Easy to clean
• Chemical Resistant
Box Locker Doors:
Single-point thru-the-door
projecting friction catch
door pull with padlock hasp

Opening Overall Frame Openings Taupe Blue/Taupe


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No.
SINGLE TIER
TAUPE DOORS
12 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HPL1282-1A-TE HPL1282-1A-TB
12 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 HPL3282-1A-TE HPL1382-1A-TB
TAUPE BODY
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 HPL1282-2A-TE HPL1282-2A-TB
BLUE DOORS
12 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 HPL3282-2A-TE HPL3282-2A-TB
TRIPLE TIER TAUPE BODY
12 18 24 72 3 1-wide 3 HPL1282-3A-TE HPL1282-3A-TB
12 18 24 72 3 3-wide 9 HPL3282-3A-TE HPL3282-3A-TB
SIX TIER
12 18 12 72 6 1-wide 6 HPL1282-6A-TE HPL1282-6A-TB
12 18 12 72 6 3-wide 18 HPL3282-6A-TE HPL3282-6A-TB
Z-STYLE
12 18 48 72 Z 1-wide 2 HPL1282-ZA-TE HPL1282-ZA-TB
12 18 48 72 Z 3-wide 6 HPL3282-ZA-TE HPL3282-ZA-TB

96
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ANTIMICROBIAL & CORROSION
RESISTANT PLASTIC LOCKERS Hallowell-List.com

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Corrosion Proof High Density Polyethylene (HDPE),
with 3/8” thick body panels
BODY STYLES: Single, double, triple, six tier and z-tier
HINGES: heavy-duty continuous full height extruded aluminum with a
powder-coat finish to match color of door
HANDLE (Wardrobe): Projecting solid plastic handle with lift-type latching

MEDSAFE™ AQUAMAX™ LOCKERS


HANDLE (Box): Single-point thru-the-door projecting friction catch door pull
MedSafe AquaMax lockers are manufactured with with padlock hasp
high density polyethylene (HDPE) that contains a SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers
specially formulated ANTIMICROBIAL agent that HOOKS: 2 single-prong hooks in single and double tier lockers
permanently resists the growth of bacteria, mold, yeast
and mildew. This special feature combined with all
ADVANTAGES:
the great features of our AquaMax lockers make these • Permanent antimicrobial protection - kills microbes (yeast,
lockers ideal for use in medical, educational, retail and bacteria, mold, mildew)
manufacturing environments.
• Scratch Resistant
• Corrosion Resistant
• Impact and dent resistant
• Easy to clean
• Mildew and odor resistant
• Graffiti resistant
(pencil, pen, paint and most common markers)
• Chemical Resistant

1-Tier, 2-Tier, Z-Tier,


3 wide, 3 wide, 3 wide,
3 openings 6 openings 6 openings

Opening Overall Frame Openings


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No.
SINGLE TIER White lockers with
Taupe handles
12 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 MSPL1282-1A-WE
12 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 MSPL3282-1A-WE
WHITE
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 MSPL1282-2A-WE TAUPE
12 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 MSPL3282-2A-WE HANDLES
Z-STYLE
12 18 48 72 Z 1-wide 2 MSPL1282-ZA-WE
12 18 48 72 Z 3-wide 6 MSPL3282-ZA-WE

97
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK THE MOST DURABLE
Hallowell-List.com SHIP LOCKERS AVAILABLE


FEATURES:
SOLID PHENOLIC LOCKERS BODY CONSTRUCTION: Phenolic construction, Sides and backs are 5/16” thick.
Tops, bottoms and shelves are 3/8” thick.
VersaMax Phenolic Lockers are the most durable
BODY STYLES: Single tier, double tier, six tier and z-tier
lockers available. The unique non-porous surface of
phenolic material eliminates the ability for mold, mildew DOORS: 1/2” thick solid phenolic with perimeter ventilation
and bacteria to grow making these lockers ideal for wet HINGES: 5-knuckle “hospital” type 14 gauge 304 stainless steel, black powder
VERSAMAX™ PHENOLIC LOCKERS

coat finish, exposed, doors open 180°


or damp areas. In addition to this primary benefit, the
surface of VersaMax Phenolic Lockers are also water HANDLE (Padlock Ready): 11 gauge finger-pull 304 stainless steel hasp,
prepared for padlock
proof and graffiti and scratch resistant.
HANDLE (Electronic Lock): Built-in Digitech Lock serves as handle
HANDLE (Key Cam Lock): Built-in key cam lock serves as handle
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers
HOOKS: 2 single-prong hooks in single and double tier lockers
COLOR: Huntington Maple
WARRANTY: 20 years
ADVANTAGES:
• Phenolic’s unique non-porous surface eliminates the ability for mold,
bacteria and mildew to grow making it ideal for wet areas.
• Corrosion Resistant
• Impact and dent resistant
• Easy to clean
• Fungus and odor resistant
• Graffiti resistant (pencil, pen, paint and most common markers)

AVAILABLE FROM STOCK WITH


3 DIFFERENT LOCK CHOICES:

Six-Tier, Z-Style,
3 wide, 1 wide,
18 openings 2 openings Padlock Hasp DigiTech™ Built-In Key Cam
Electronic Locks Locks

(Padlocks With DigiTech™ With Key


Opening Overall Frame Openings sold separately) Electronic Access Locks Cam Lock
Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Cat No.
SINGLE TIER
VM-7929-60
HUNTINGTON MAPLE 12 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 PHL1282-1A-FA PHL1282-1A-E-FA PHL1282-1A-K-FA
12 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 PHL3282-1A-FA PHL3282-1A-E-FA PHL3282-1A-K-FA
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 PHL1282-2A-FA PHL1282-2A-E-FA PHL1282-2A-K-FA
12 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 PHL3282-2A-FA PHL3282-2A-E-FA PHL3282-2A-K-FA
SIX TIER
12 18 12 72 6 1-wide 6 PHL1282-6A-FA PHL1282-6A-E-FA PHL1282-6A-K-FA
12 18 12 72 6 3-wide 18 PHL3282-6A-FA PHL3282-6A-E-FA PHL3282-6A-K-FA
Z-STYLE
12 18 42 72 Z 1-wide 2 PHL1282-ZA-FA PHL1282-ZA-E-FA PHL1282-ZA-K-FA
12 18 42 72 Z 3-wide 6 PHL3282-ZA-FA PHL3282-ZA-E-FA PHL3282-ZA-K-FA

98
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ATTRACTIVE DURABLE
CORROSION RESISTANT Hallowell-List.com

The rich appearance and durable surface of Hallowell


304 Stainless Steel Lockers make them the perfect locker
solution for areas prone to rust and sanitation concerns
and are ideal for food industry, pool area and outdoor.

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: knock-down 24 gauge

304 STAINLESS STEEL LOCKERS


BODY STYLES: Single, double, and six tier
DOORS: Louvered. 16 gauge for single and double tier lockers.
18 gauge for 6-tier box lockers
LATCHING: Single and double tier use gravity-lift and six-tier
uses single-point, through the door finger pull
HINGES: 2-1/2” 5-knuckle hinges. 3 hinges for single tier and
2 hinges for double & six tier
HANDLE: Single and double tier lockers have a deep drawn
stainless steel recessed handle with multi-point gravity lift-
type latching. Six tier lockers have a finger pull handle
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
SHELVES: Hat shelf is included in single tier lockers
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and three single hooks
per single and double tier opening. No hooks for six tier
COLOR: Stainless steel
WARRANTY: 2 years
Single-Tier, Double-Tier, Six-Tier,
1 wide, 3 wide, 1 wide,
1 opening 6 openings 6 openings

Opening Overall Frame Openings Knock-Down Fully-Assembled


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Cat No.
SINGLE TIER STAINLESS
12 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 USS1288-1 USS1288-1A STEEL
12 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 USS3288-1 USS3288-1A
18 18 72 78 1 1-wide 1 USS1888-1 USS1888-1A
18 18 72 78 1 3-wide 3 USS3888-1 USS3888-1A
DOUBLE TIER
12 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 USS1288-2 USS1288-2A
LOCKER
12 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 USS3288-2 USS3288-2A ACCESSORIES
PAGES 86-87
18 18 36 78 2 1-wide 2 USS1888-2 USS1888-2A
18 18 36 78 2 3-wide 6 USS3888-2 USS3888-2A
SIX TIER
12 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 USS1288-6 USS1288-6A
12 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 USS3288-6 USS3288-6A
18 18 12 78 6 1-wide 6 USS1888-6 USS1888-6A
18 18 12 78 6 3-wide 18 USS3888-6 USS3888-6A


Width Depth Height Cat No.
ACCESSORIES
Individual Slope Top 12 18 6 KISTT1218SS
12 18 6 KISTT1818SS
Slope Top End Closure - 18 6 KISE18SS
Closed Front Base 12 - 6 KCFB12SS
18 - 6 KCFB18SS
Closed Side Base - 18 6 KCSB18SS
Coat Rod Assembly 12 - - KCR12SS
18 - - KCR18SS

99
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK BRIGHTEN UP YOUR
Hallowell-List.com SHIP HOME & OFFICE

7 Brigh
t
Kid Frie
ndly
Colors!
!!
GREAT for:
Kid's Bedrooms Playroom lockers
Garages Mudroom lockers
KID & TEEN LOCKERS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: knock-down (KD) 24 gauge solid body HOOKS: Teen locker shall include one double hook and two
components, 20 gauge top single hooks attached to hat shelf. No hooks for Kid Locker
BODY STYLES: Teen, Kid HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
FRAME: 16 gauge frame DOORS: 16 gauge louvered doors
SHELVES: Teen Locker has 1 fixed hat shelf, LATCHING: Gravity lift type latching
Kid locker has no shelves HANDLE: Recessed stainless steel
COLOR: 7 bright kid-friendly colors

Width Depth Opening Height Frame Height Tier Grouping Openings Per Group Knock-Down Cat No. Color Selection
KID LOCKER
15 15 24 24 1 1-wide 1 HKL1515(24)-1 BG, GS, HP, PR, RR, SA, TY
TEEN LOCKER
15 15 48 48 1 1-wide 1 HKL151548-1 BG, GS, HP, PR, RR, SA, TY

STOCK COLOR SELECTION


720 721 739 1134 717 728 723
PEP RALLY (PR) RELAY RED (RR) BUBBLE GUM (BG) SOUR APPLE (SA) GRAND SLAM (GS) HOOP (HP) TROPHY (TY)

100
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
SHOW YOUR
TEAM SPIRIT Hallowell-List.com

SHO
TEA W YO
MC U
OLO R
RS
IDEAL FOR HOME USE!

HOME TEAM LOCKERS


5 color combinations & 3 New solid colors
Home Team Lockers are 48 inch high wardrobe lockers with fixed NEW SOLID
upper hat shelf and hooks. All lockers are standard with diamond COLORS
perforated doors and without legs
FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: knock-down (KD) 24 gauge HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
body 20 gauge top DOORS: 16 gauge louvered doors
FRAME: 16 gauge frame LATCHING: Gravity lift type latching
SHELVES: 1 fixed hat shelf HANDLE: Recessed stainless steel
HOOKS: Home Team locker includes one double hook
and two single hooks

Width Depth Opening Height Frame Height Tier Grouping Openings Per Group Knock-Down Cat No. Color Selection
HOME TEAM LOCKER
15 15 48 48 1 1-wide 1 HTL151548-1 JH, MT, GR, RS, JP, GS, BG, RR

STOCK COLOR SELECTION


JH MT GR RS JP GS BG RR
DARK BLUE BLACK BLUE RED DARK BLUE 717 GRAND SLAM 739 BUBBLE GUM 721 RELAY RED
Body/Frame Body/Frame Body/Frame Body/Frame Body/Frame

ORANGE YELLOW RED WHITE LIGHT GRAY


Door Door Door Door Door

101
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK CONVENIENT
Hallowell-List.com SHIP MODULAR STORAGE

Stack Cubix lockers and easily attach adjacent units with


pre-punched holes on top, sides and bottom. Or use the
keyhole punched back for wall mounting.

• THREE DOOR STYLES


• THREE DOOR COLORS
CUBIX MODULAR BOX LOCKERS

• TWO LOCK OPTIONS

Ventilated Diamond Safety-View™ Door Plain Locker Door


Perforated Door Key Lock Key Lock
Padlock Hasp Marine Blue Black
Light Gray

Wall Mounting

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 16 gauge
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
DOORS: 18 gauge Solid (non-vented), Diamond
Perforated, or Safety-View (clear)
HANDLE/LOCKS: Finger pull latch prepared for
padlock (sold separately), or Built-in key lock
COLOR: Marine Blue, Black, Light Gray
WARRANTY: 2 years Above or Below a Workbench

Desk Mounting

Description Overall Overall Overall Color


Width Height Depth Catalog No. Selec-
tion
PREPARED FOR PADLOCK (not included)
Ventilated Door 11-5/16 12-11/16 12 HC121212-1DP MB, ME, PL
Solid Door 11-5/16 12-11/16 12 HC121212-1PL MB, ME, PL
Safety-View Plus Door 11-5/16 12-11/16 12 HC121212-1SVP MB, ME, PL
WITH BUILT-IN KEY LOCK (included)
Ventilated Door 11-5/16 12-11/16 12 HC121212-1DP-K MB, ME, PL
Solid Door 11-5/16 12-11/16 12 HC121212-1PL-K MB, ME, PL
Safety-View Plus Door 11-5/16 12-11/16 12 HC121212-1SVP-K MB, ME, PL
Closet Mounting
708 707 711
BLACK MARINE BLUE LIGHT GRAY
(ME) (MB) (PL)

102
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
CELL PHONE / TABLET LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com

Ideal for use in government buildings, schools, health clubs


or any location where personal items, cell phones and tablets
need to be securely stored.
Lockers
FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: 20 gauge cold rolled steel

CELL PHONE / TABLET LOCKERS


HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
DOORS: 20 gauge solid (non-vented)
HANDLE/LOCKS: Locks serve as door handle/pull
PADLOCK: hasp cam lock for padlocks by others
KEY LOCK: Cylinder cam locks control keyed to one system
DIGITECH LOCK: Electronic access lock in temporary-use
mode that can be programmed for permanent use
COLOR: Light Gray
WARRANTY: 2 year

EASILY STORE AND PROTECT PERSONAL BELONGINGS.

CHOOSE FROM 3 DIFFERENT LOCK OPTIONS.

Shown With
Digitech Electronic
Access Lock
PREPARED FOR DIGITECH ELECTRONIC KEY
PADLOCK ACCESS LOCK CAM LOCK


Overall Padlock Ready With DigiTech™
Width Height Depth Grouping Openings (Padlocks sold Electronic Access With Key
Per Group separately) Locks Cam Lock Color
Cat No. Cat No. Cat No. Selection
MOBILE DEVICE LOCKERS
9 30 1/2 12 1-wide 5 UCTL192(30)-5A UCTL192(30)-5A-E UCTL192(30)-5A-K PL
27 30 1/2 12 3-wide 15 UCTL392(30)-5A UCTL392(30)-5A-E UCTL392(30)-5A-K PL

711
Clear Clear Clear LIGHT GRAY
Opening Opening Opening (PL)
Width Height Depth
Mobile Device Lockers
7 1/2 5 1/2 11

103
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK BACKPACK / LAPTOP LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
BACKPACK / LAPTOP LOCKERS

Electronic access door keeps items secure


DIGITECHTM LAPTOP / BACKPACK LOCKERS

One shelf per opening

Prepared for after market wiring to allow charging

Side ventilation allows maximum airflow for


cooling while maintaining security

711 Light Gray powder coat finish Built-in Hallowell Electronic


Access Digitech lock
- also acts as locker handle

4-TIER 3-TIER 4-TIER 3-TIER


3-WIDE 3-WIDE 1-WIDE 1-WIDE
12 OPENINGS 9 OPENINGS 4 OPENINGS 3 OPENINGS

WIRE CHASE

ELECTRICAL KNOCK-OUT

POWERED VENTILATED
Each locker has built-in channel for Diamond perforations in locker sides promote continuous air flow to
concealed after-market wiring to convert cool chargers and components while keeping your items secure.
lockers to charging stations.

104
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
EASILY CONVERTS
TO CHARGING LOCKERS Hallowell-List.com

DIGITECHTM LAPTOP / BACKPACK LOCKERS


LOCK FEATURES:
• Powered by 2 AA batteries which provide in excess LED INDICATORS
of 10,000 uses.
• 2 AA batteries are included.
• LED’s flash to indicate low battery level.
• Locker can be opened when batteries are low or
dead by using the Master Key override.
• 8-digit master and sub-master codes for two levels
of management security.

DAY-USE MODE:
• User can lock and unlock any available locker door
with a user selected 4-digit code.
• Upon returning, user enters the 4-digit code to unlock
the door. Code is erased and the locker is available ROTATE TO OPEN
for the next user.

PERMANENT MODE: OVERRIDE KEY


• User enters a pre-programmed 4-digit code to unlock
and use locker repeatedly.
• Lock does not require a code to re-lock door.

FEATURES: SPECIAL FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: 16 gauge sheet HANDLE: Hallowell DigiTech™ electronic, • Each locker has built-in channel for
steel with sides diamond perforated code access lock serves as handle concealing after-market wiring to
BODY STYLES: 3-tier, 4-tier SHELVES: 1 fixed hat shelf convert lockers to charging stations.

FRAME: 16 gauge welded frame HOOKS: none • Channel shall include knock-outs
for electrical outlet in each opening.
DOORS: 14 gauge solid sheet steel COLOR: 711 Light Gray
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge WARRANTY: 2 years

Width Depth Height Grouping Openings Unassembled Assembled Color


Per Group Cat No. Cat No. Selection
TRIPLE TIER
15 18 78 1-wide 3 UELBP1588-3 UELBP1588-3A-PL PL
45 18 78 3-wide 9 UELBP3588-3 UELBP3588-3A-PL PL
15 21 78 1-wide 3 UELBP1518-3 UELBP1518-3A-PL PL
45 21 78 3-wide 9 UELBP3518-3 UELBP3518-3A-PL PL
711
18 18 78 1-wide 3 UELBP1888-3 UELBP1888-3A-PL PL LIGHT GRAY
54 18 78 3-wide 9 UELBP3888-3 UELBP3888-3A-PL PL (PL)
18 21 78 1-wide 3 UELBP1818-3 UELBP1818-3A-PL PL
54 21 78 3-wide 9 UELBP3818-3 UELBP3818-3A-PL PL
FOUR TIER
15 18 78 1-wide 4 UELBP1588-4PL UELBP1588-4A-PL PL
45 18 78 3-wide 12 UELBP3588-4PL UELBP3588-4A-PL PL
15 21 78 1-wide 4 UELBP1518-4PL UELBP1518-4A-PL PL
45 21 78 3-wide 12 UELBP3518-4PL UELBP3518-4A-PL PL
18 18 78 1-wide 4 UELBP1888-4PL UELBP1888-4A-PL PL
54 18 78 3-wide 12 UELBP3888-4PL UELBP3888-4A-PL PL
18 21 78 1-wide 4 UELBP1818-4PL UELBP1818-4A-PL PL
54 21 78 3-wide 12 UELBP3818-4PL UELBP3818-4A-PL PL

105
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK TURNOUT GEAR
Hallowell-List.com SHIP FIREFIGHTER LOCKERS

Turnout Gear/Firefighter Lockers


TURN OUT GEAR LOCKERS

EXPANDED METAL SIDES FOR


MAXIMUM VENTILATION

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: 13 gauge 1/2” flattened expanded metal
FRAME: 16 gauge Hollow “T” tubular frame
DOOR (Security Box): 14 gauge cold rolled sheet-steel
HINGES (Security Box): Two heavy-duty 13 gauge 7-knuckle 3-1/2”
HANDLE (Security Box): Projecting combination spring-bolt/padlock hasp door pull
SHELVES: One Galvanneal hat/intermediate shelf and 1 fixed hat shelf.
HOOKS: Two single prong hooks at back and two hooks at coat rod ends.
WARRANTY: Lifetime

Choose from 4 Models

Base Model Base Model With Upper With Upper


Without Base With Base Security Box Security Box
Without Base With Base

106
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
DESIGNED FOR
TODAY’S FIREFIGHTER Hallowell-List.com

Fully-framed, all welded, rugged construction.

Maximum ventilation with expanded metal sides.

Upper shelf provides storage for helmets and head gear.

Without base models include ventilated bottom.

TURN OUT GEAR LOCKERS


Open-front provides quick access to gear and clothing.

721 Relay Red hammertone textured powder coat finish.

OPTIONAL SECURITY BOX USES TWO HEAVY-DUTY 13 GAUGE 7-KNUCKLE 3-1/2” HINGES
AND A FINGER PULL PADLOCK HASP

FIXED HAT SHELF AND MODELS WITHOUT BASE HAVE MODELS WITH BASE ARE DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED
STAINLESS STEEL COAT-ROD WITH 2 SINGLE VENTILATED BOTTOM PLATE AND ARE ON THE FLOOR
PRONG HOOKS DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL WITH
THE WALL MOUNTING ANGLE

Description Width Depth Height Assembled Cat No. Color Selection


BASE MODEL
Without Base 24-3/4 22 84 TGNN42(84)-1C-G RR-HT 521
With Base 24-3/4 22 86-1/4 TGNN42(84)-1BC-G RR-HT RELAY RED HAMMERTONE
(RR-HT)
WITH UPPER SECURITY BOX
Without Base 24-3/4 22 84 TGBN42(84)-1C-G RR-HT
With Base 24-3/4 22 86-1/4 TGBN42(84)-1BC-G RR-HT
WALL MOUNTING ANGLE FOR MODELS WITHOUT BASE
72 3 3 TGWMA030372 RR-HT

107
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK UNIFORM EXCHANGE LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

Five distinct models to choose, Specifically


designed for the uniform use industry.
UNIFORM EXCHANGE LOCKERS

The Industry Standard in the Uniform


Distribution System.

9 Person Uniform 8 Person Uniform


Exchange Locker Exchange Locker
Model HUE454-9P Model HUE214-8P

108
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
UNIFORM
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Hallowell-List.com

FEATURES:
Master door with H-1 industry standard lock and key
Padlock attachment (padlock not included)
Ships fully assembled
Perforated backs for ample ventilation
Galvanized locker bottoms with return flanges

UNIFORM EXCHANGE LOCKERS


Color selection: Dark Gray
Full 1 year warranty

Half Height Hanging


Uniform Locker
Model HUE214-2

User doors re-inforced at latches

Full Height Hanging Soiled Uniform


Uniform Locker Exchange Locker
Model HUE214-1 Model HUE614-1
Heavy-duty padlock handles (locks not included)

Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat. No. Selection
8 PERSON UNIFORM EXCHANGE LOCKER
32 9/16 21 38 3/4 84 8 1-wide 8 HUE214-8P HG
9 PERSON UNIFORM EXCHANGE LOCKER
24 15 8 3/4 84 9 1-wide 9 HUE454-9P HG
STOCK SOILED UNIFORM EXCHANGE LOCKER
Main door latch hooks COLOR 26 21 70 3/4 84 1 1-wide 1 HUE614-SC HG
welded to frame
725 HALF OR FILL HEIGHT HANGING UNIFORM LOCKER
DARK GRAY 32 9/16 21 81 84 1 1-wide 1 HUE214-1 HG
(HG) 32 9/16 21 40 84 1 1-wide 2 HUE214-2 HG

109
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK ALL-WELDED HEAVY-DUTY
Hallowell-List.com SHIP CORROSION RESISTANT
ALL-WELDED LOCKERS
MAXVIEW™ CORROSION RESISTANT LOCKERS

Hallowell All-Welded MaxView lockers are perfect


for tool, equipment and gear storage. All-welded heavy-duty
construction
FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: All-welded HINGES: Heavy-duty 13 gauge 7-knuckle 4 sided viewing of
16 gauge heavy-duty tubular frame (3 hinges per door) locker contents
construction from galvannealed sheet HANDLE: Single-point projecting friction
steel, sides and back are 1/2” 13 gauge
flattened expanded metal. Top and bottom
catch door pull prepared for both padlock 4 sided ventilation
or built-in lock.
are heavy-duty galvannealed corrosion
resistant sheet steel, fully-assembled SHELVES: Four 16 gauge sheet steel Corrosion resistant
welded-in fixed shelves are fabricated
BODY STYLES: Single tier from galvanneal corrosion resistant sheet
DOOR: 14 gauge door is diamond steel add additional rigidity to the unit. Lifetime warranty
perforated for maximum visibility and
ventilation. Includes a welded-in full Full height 3-1/2” wide
height door stiffener door stiffener

Heavy gauge tubular frame. Bottom


shelf of locker sits a full 2-3/4” above
finished floor protecting locker
711 contents from water damage.
LIGHT GRAY
(PL)

Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
18-3/4 18 72 74-3/4 1 1-wide 1 HLV882-1PL PL

110
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
THE INDUSTRY’S
TOUGHEST LOCKER Hallowell-List.com

SINGLE-POINT VENTILATED LOCKERS


Welded Single-Point Ventilated Lockers
Lockers include a 3" wide 18 gauge
FEATURES:
full height door stiffener spot welded
BODY CONSTRUCTION: All-welded, HINGES: Continuous piano type to the inner door face and MIG
fully-assembled welded to the hinge side as well as
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel to the top and bottom door flanges
BODY STYLES: Single and double tier custom recessed handle with single-point thru-the-handle providing a rigid torque-free door.
FEATURES: 16 gauge continuous top for added maintenance-free quiet latching system
rigidity, 11 gauge MIG welded latch, continuous SHELVES: Hat shelf for single tier
door strike at hinge and latch side
DOOR: 14 gauge door is diamond perforated for Single-point maintenance-free
added visibility and ventilation and includes a quiet latching system with
welded-in full height door stiffener recessed handle

Double Tier,
Single Tier, 3 wide,
3 wide, 6 openings
3 openings

Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
12 12 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HWBA212-1 HG
12 12 72 72 1 3-wide 3 HWBA212-111 HG
12 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HWBA282-1 HG
12 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 HWBA282-111 HG Single Tier,
1 wide,
18 18 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HWBA882-1 HG 1 opening
18 18 72 72 1 3-wide 3 HWBA882-111 HG
DOUBLE TIER
12 12 36 72 2 1-wide 2 HWBA212-2 HG
12 12 36 72 2 3-wide 6 HWBA212-222 HG
12 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 HWBA282-2 HG
12 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 HWBA282-222 HG
18 18 36 72 2 1-wide 2 HWBA882-2 HG 725
18 18 36 72 2 3-wide 6 HWBA882-222 HG DARK GRAY (HG)

111
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK EMERGENCY RESPONSE ALL-WELDED
Hallowell-List.com SHIP EXTREME PERFORMANCE LOCKERS


Perfect For Swat, Police, Fire &
Emergency Response Teams
TASK FORCE XP PERFORMANCE LOCKERS

Standard electrical
FEATURES: knockout at locker
top right rear corner
BODY CONSTRUCTION: 16 gauge, Unibody all-
welded, galvannealed corrosion resistant sheet steel. Utility belt hook
Back is 18 gauge
BODY STYLES: Single tier, custom designed for Security box
specialized use
One side pocket shelf
DOOR: 14 gauge louvered double doors with full-height for a 1” thick clipboard
welded in stiffener
HINGES: Continuous piano type Full height piano hinge
HANDLE: 3-point high-security turn handle Finish is standard
latching handle Powder-coat
HOOKS: Two single wall hooks in wardrobe area, single
hook in opening below security box, single hook on door. Full height
door stiffeners

COAT RODS: One at vertical wardrobe section Lower storage area


with pull-out drawer
SHELVES: Two full-width at top, one partial shelf above
security box Auto-Locking drawer
LOCKS: Includes built in key lock for main and is activated by
security box upper doors
SIZE: Wardrobe locker 24” x 24” x 72” Electrical Knockout in
OPTIONAL: Base/drawer unit 24” x 36” x 18” locker top - outlet and
wiring by others

STANDARD UPPER UNIT SIZES STANDARD BASE UNIT SIZES


Widths: 24", 30", 36" Widths: 24", 30", 36"
Depths: 18", 24" Depths: 30" 36"
Height: 72" Height: 18"

OPTIONS
• PEGBOARD DOOR STIFFENER
• BOOT TRAY
• BODY ARMOR DRYING RACK
• PERSONAL ITEMS ACCESSORY TRAY
• LOUVERED DRAWER FRONT
• PERFORATED TOP
• AIRFLOW GAP SHELVES SPACED AWAY
FROM BACK FOR ADDED AIRFLOW

112
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ENGINEERED TO LAST A LIFETIME
Hallowell-List.com

TASK FORCE XP PERFORMANCE LOCKERS


Large lockable storage compartment doubles as a seat
finished in laminated maple wood.

Available with and without base


storage compartment and seat

Opening Unit Openings Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
SINGLE TIER
Without base 24 24 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HERL442-1SL-G HG
With base 24 24/36 72 90 1 1-wide 1 HERL442-1SL-B-G HG

725 DARK GRAY


(HG)

113
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK PERFECT FOR SPORTS EQUIPMENT,
Hallowell-List.com SHIP GEAR AND TOOL STORAGE

KD Open Front Gear Lockers


AVAILABLE TO SHIP KNOCK-DOWN
OR FULLY ASSEMBLED.
ROOKIE OPEN-FRONT KD SPORT LOCKER

SECURITY-BOX

STEEL COAT ROD

VENTILATED
FOOT LOCKER

Base Model With Upper With Lower With Upper


Security Box Foot Locker Security Box
and Lower Foot Locker
CHOOSE FROM 4 MODELS & 2 STOCK COLORS: RED OR BLUE

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: KD 16 gauge body with 18 gauge back SHELVES: 1 fixed full width upper shelf.
SECURITY BOX DOOR: 14 gauge cold rolled sheet-steel ACCESSORIES: Includes 1/2” diameter coat rod
SECURITY BOX HANDLE: Thru-the-door friction catch door pull WARRANTY: 2 Years
with padlock hasp
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge

Width Depth Height Grouping Unassembled Assembled Color


Cat No. Cat No. Selection
BASE MODEL
24 18 72 1-wide KSNN482-1C KSNN482-1A-C GS, RR 721
24 22 72 1-wide KSNN422-1C KSNN422-1A-C GS, RR RELAY RED (RR)
WITH UPPER SECURITY BOX
24 18 72 1-wide KSBN482-1C KSBN482-1A-C GS, RR 717
GRAND SLAM (GS)
24 22 72 1-wide KSBN422-1C KSBN422-1A-C GS, RR
WITH LOWER FOOT LOCKER
24 18 72 1-wide KSNF482-1C KSNF482-1A-C GS, RR
24 22 72 1-wide KSNF422-1C KSNF422-1A-C GS, RR
WITH SECURITY BOX AND FOOT LOCKER
24 18 72 1-wide KSBF482-1C KSBF482-1A-C GS, RR
24 22 72 1-wide KSBF422-1C KSBF422-1A-C GS, RR

114
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ALL-WELDED
MILITARY SPEC LOCKERS Hallowell-List.com

Rough, Tough and Ready to Go!


MILITARY SPEC TA-50
FULLY-FRAMED ALL-WELDED LOCKERS
Manufactured with top quality steel and built to strict
specifications, our TA-50 Military Grade Locker is the
solution to all your storage challenges.
Secure, durable and guaranteed to last a lifetime.

TA-50 MILITARY GEAR LOCKERS


Rugged 3/16” Steel Handle is
prepared for use with a padlock.
Doors are pre-punched to
accommodate a built-in combination
or key lock if desired. Locks are
available at an additional cost

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Fully-framed all- DOOR HINGES: Heavy-duty
welded construction with 3/4” flattened 13 gauge 7-knuckle 3-1/2” butt hinges.
expanded metal sides, 16 gauge solid top HANDLE: 3-point turn-handle latching
& bottom and 18 gauge solid back. Base with 3/8” diameter locking rods for
is heavy 14 gauge on all four sides. High maximum security.
grade custom blend powder coat finish.
SHELF: 16 gauge solid upper shelf.
DOORS: Heavy-duty 14 gauge diamond
perforated doors are standard. EQUIPPED: 1 Coat rod and 3 rear hooks
are located under upper shelf.

725
DARK GRAY (HG) Opening Frame Openings Fully-Assembled Color
Width Depth Height Height Grouping Per Group Cat No. Selection
TA-50
42 24 84 84 1-wide 1 TA50-422484-1 HG

115
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK ALL-WELDED HIGH
Hallowell-List.com SHIP SECURITY LOCKERS

Hallowell SecurityMax heavy-duty all-welded lockers offer the highest


available security by incorporating an extra heavy-duty three point
turn-handle locking mechanism and the versatility of adjustable
interior shelves. Available in ventilated and solid locker versions.
TM
SECURITY-MAX™ ALL-WELDED LOCKERS

SecurityMax lockers are ideal where heavy-duty and versatile storage


is needed for tools, gear, sports equipment, uniforms and clothing.

FIXED UPPER
SHELF WITH
COAT ROD

OPTIONAL
ADJUSTABLE
SHELVES

VENTILATED MODEL SOLID MODEL

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: All-welded construction, DOOR: 14 gauge door with a full height welded in
16 gauge heavy-duty body and 18 gauge back, Sides door stiffener
formed to be integral with front vertical frame and HINGES: Continuous piano type
are reinforced using two front-to-back channel
stiffeners welded to the underside. SHELVES: Upper welded hat shelf. Additional
shelves can be ordered and are adjustable on 3”
BODY STYLES: One tier, one wide. Available in solid centers. coat rod: 3/8” diameter rod is welded to
or ventilated versions underside of upper shelf
HANDLE: Cremone 3-point high-security turn handle HOOKS: Two single back hooks
latching with heavy-duty 3/8” lock rods which engage 3 POINT HIGH SECURITY
the top and bottom locker frames while the cam TURN HANDLE LATCHING
engages the frame at the door jamb near the handle

Opening Unit Included Fully-Assembled Color


Width Depth Height Height Tier Grouping Shelves Cat No. Selection
VENTILATED MODELS
18 22 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HTA822AS1 PL 711
LIGHT GRAY
24 22 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HTA422AS1 PL (PL)
SOLID MODELS
18 22 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HTC822AS1 PL
24 22 72 72 1 1-wide 1 HTC422AS1 PL
ADDITIONAL SHELVES
18 22 HTAS1822 PL
24 22 HTAS2422 PL

116
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ELEGANT DESIGN FOR REFINED SPACES
Hallowell-List.com

BLACK TIE
LOCKERS
• 16-Ga. Continuous Hinges
• Powder-Coated Finish
• Black Body And Frame
All the features of Hallowell Premium
wardrobe and box lockers with the

BLACK TIE LOCKERS


added benefit of a stylish black body
and frame and the choice of black,
red or light gray doors.

SINGLE TIER, TWO TIER, THREE TIER, SIX TIER,


1 WIDE 3 WIDE 1 WIDE 3 WIDE
1 OPENING 6 OPENINGS 3 OPENINGS 18 OPENINGS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge HOOKS: Single and double tier models include two single prong
DOOR: Wardrobe doors are 16 gauge, box doors are 18 gauge. hooks. Triple tier includes one double prong hook.
Louvered for ventilation No hooks at six tier.
HINGES: Continuous piano type COAT RODS: One at vertical wardrobe section.
HANDLE: Stainless steel recessed handle with multi-point gravity SHELVES: Single tier model includes a hat shelf.
lift-type latching for wardrobe doors. Box doors have friction catch
finger pull handle.

Overall
Dimensions (in.) Door Color UNASSEMBLED ASSEMBLED
W H D Item No. Item No.
SINGLE-TIER WARDROBE BODY / FRAME DOOR COLOR
1 wide 1 opening 12 72 18 Black U1282-1ME U1282-1A-ME
3 wide 3 openings 36 72 18 Black U3282-1ME U3282-1A-ME
COLOR CHOICES
1 wide 1 opening 12 72 18 Light Gray U1282-1MP U1282-1A-MP
3 wide 3 openings 36 72 18 Light Gray U3282-1MP U3282-1A-MP 708
1 wide 1 opening 12 72 18 Red U1282-1MR U1282-1A-MR LIGHT GRAY LIGHT GRAY
BLACK
3 wide 3 openings 36 72 18 Red U3282-1MR U3282-1A-MR (PL) (PL)
(ME)
DOUBLE-TIER WARDROBE
1 wide 2 openings 12 72 18 Black U1282-2ME U1282-2AME 708 711
3 wide 6 openings 36 72 18 Black U3282-2ME U3282-2AME BLACK LIGHT GRAY
LIGHT GRAY
1 wide 2 openings 12 72 18 Light Gray U1282-2MP U1282-2AMP (ME) (PL)
(PL)
3 wide 6 openings 36 72 18 Light Gray U3282-2MP U3282-2AMP
1 wide 2 openings 12 72 18 Red U1282-2MR U1282-2AMR
3 wide 6 openings 36 72 18 Red U3282-2MR U3282-2AMP 721
TRIPLE-TIER WARDROBE RELAY RED
1 wide 3 openings 12 72 18 Black U1282-3ME U1282-3AME (RR)
3 wide 9 openings 36 72 18 Black U3282-3ME U3282-3AME
1 wide 2 openings 12 72 18 Light Gray U1282-3MP U1282-3AMP
3 wide 9 openings 36 72 18 Light Gray U3282-3MP U3282-3AMP
1 wide 3 openings 12 72 18 Red U1282-3MR U1282-3AMR
3 wide 9 openings 36 72 18 Red U3282-3MR U3282-3AMR
SIX-TIER BOX
1 wide 6 openings 12 72 18 Black U1282-6ME U1282-6AME
3 wide 18 openings 36 72 18 Black U3282-6ME U3282-6AME
1 wide 6 openings 12 72 18 Light Gray U1282-6MP U1282-6AMP
3 wide 18 openings 36 72 18 Light Gray U3282-6MP U3282-6AMP
1 wide 6 openings 12 72 18 Red U1282-6MR U1282-6AMR
3 wide 18 openings 36 72 18 Red U3282-6MR U3282-6AMR

117
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK HEAVY DUTY ALL-WELDED HIGH
Hallowell-List.com SHIP VENTILATED LOCKERS

PE/GYM
LOCKERS
PE & GYM STOCK LOCKERS

Tried and tested by students in thousands of middle and high


schools nationwide, these all-welded athletic lockers are ideal
for use in institutional, industrial, fitness, manufacturing and
distribution sectors.

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: All-welded
construction, 16 gauge body, 18 gauge back.
Sides are diamond perforated
DOOR: 14 gauge, diamond perforated
for ventilation
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Stainless steel recessed handle with
multi-point gravity lift-type latching for wardrobe
doors. Box doors have friction catch finger
pull handle.
HOOKS: Single and double tier models include
two single prong hooks . Triple tier includes one
double prong hook. No hooks at six tier.
SHELVES: Single tier model includes a hat shelf.

Single Tier, Single Tier,


1 wide 3 wide
1 opening 3 opening

118
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
ELEGANT FOR THE CLUB
DURABLE FOR THE GYM Hallowell-List.com

PE & GYM STOCK LOCKERS


TWO TIER, TWO TIER, TWO TIER, SIX TIER COMBO
1 WIDE 3 WIDE 3 WIDE
2 OPENING 6 OPENING 14 OPENING


Overall
Dimensions (in.) Item No.
W H D
SINGLE-TIER WARDROBE 708
1 wide 1 opening 12 72 18 AWA282-1MR LIGHT
BLACK GRAY
BODY
3 wide 3 openings 36 72 18 AWA282-111MR (PL)
(ME)
DOUBLE-TIER WARDROBE 721
1 wide 2 openings 12 72 18 AWA282-2MR RELAY RED DOOR
3 wide 6 openings 36 72 18 AWA282-222MR (RR)
COMBO UNIT
3 wide 14 openings 36 72 18 AWA282-626MR

119
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK PARCEL LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com SHIP

Easily Manage Tenant Package Delivery


HALLOWELL® 24/7 PARCEL LOCKER LETS
YOU RECEIVE AND PICK UP ANYTIME.

CONCIERGE…
1. Receives package for tenant
PARCEL LOCKERS

2. Places package in locker


3. Locks door using 4-digit PIN
4. Texts or emails Locker Number and PIN to Tenant

TENANT, AT HIS/HER CONVENIENCE…


1. Enters PIN into lock of appropriate locker
2. Removes package
3. Closes door of now empty locker, PIN is erased
4. Locker is ready for the next package

FEATURES: HEPL842-99 HEPL842-77


18-DOOR PARCEL LOCKER 14-DOOR PARCEL LOCKER
BODY CONSTRUCTION: All-welded 36” x 24” x 72” Unit 36” x 24” x 72” Unit
construction, 16 gauge body, 18 gauge back. (18) 18” x 8” Doors (12) 18” x 8” Doors
(2) 18” x 24” Doors
DOOR: 14 gauge solid door with electronic lock
HINGES: Continuous piano type

SHIPS FULLY-ASSEMBLED

120
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
LOW COST PACKAGE MANAGEMENT
Hallowell-List.com

LOCK FEATURES: DAY-USE MODE:


• Powered by 2 AA batteries which provide in excess • User can lock and unlock any available locker door with a user selected 4-digit code.
of 10,000 uses. • Upon returning, user enters the 4-digit code to unlock the door. Code is erased and
• 2 AA batteries are included. the locker is available for the next user.
• LED’s flash to indicate low battery level.
• Locker can be opened when batteries are low or PERMANENT MODE:
dead by using the Master Key override. • User enters a pre-programmed 4-digit code to unlock and use locker repeatedly.
• 8-digit master and sub-master codes for two levels • Lock does not require a code to re-lock door.

PARCEL LOCKERS
of management security.
LED INDICATORS

OVERRIDE KEY

ROTATE TO OPEN

HEPL842-55 HEPL842-33 HEPL842-22 HEPL842-11


10-DOOR PARCEL LOCKER 6-DOOR PARCEL LOCKER 4-DOOR PARCEL LOCKER 2-DOOR PARCEL LOCKER
36” x 24” x 72” Unit 36” x 24” x 72” Unit 36” x 24” x 72” Unit 36” x 24” x 72” Unit
(6) 18” x 8” Doors (6) 18” x 24” Doors (4) 18” x 36”Doors (2) 18” x 72” Doors
(4) 18” x 24” Doors

Width Depth Height Doors Openings Assembled Color


sizes Cat No.
PARCEL LOCKERS
36 24 72 18 (18) 18” x 8” HEPL842-99 PL
36 24 72 14 (12) 18” x 8” & (2) 18” x 24” HEPL842-77 PL
36 24 72 10 (6) 18” x 8” & (4) 18” x 24” HEPL842-55 PL
36 24 72 6 (6) 18” x 24” HEPL842-33 PL 711
36 24 72 4 (4) 18” x 36” HEPL842-22 PL LIGHT GRAY
36 24 72 2 (2) 18” x 72” HEPL842-11 PL (PL)

121
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
QUICK OVERSIZED STORAGE SOLUTION
Hallowell-List.com SHIP
Hallowell® Bulk Storage Lockers are the ideal solution for condos
and any facility that requires additional secure storage capability.

Hallowell® Bulk Storage Lockers are the most RIGIDITY • STRENGTH • SAFETY • SECURITY
economical way to provide safe and secure storage
Bulk Storage Lockers feature SafeMesh84™, the
in virtually any facility. Cost effectiveness and ease
industry’s strongest and safest expanded metal.
of installation make Bulk Storage Lockers the perfect
choice when additional storage is needed. Choose 84% MORE STEEL THAN 3/4” MESH
from in-stock or custom sizes to fit your needs. WE USE
BULK STORAGE LOCKERS

84% MORE STEEL = MORE RIGID UNIT 1/2” MESH 16 GAUGE


The use of Hallowell® Bulk Storage Lockers creates FLATTENED EXPANDED
METAL
an esthetically appealing installation that when 1/2” MESH KEEPS FINGERS OUT
properly promoted can be a tremendous asset to the
building and of great value to the users. REDUCES RISK OF LOSS, THEFT THEY USE
AND CONTENT DAMAGE 3/4” MESH 16 GAUGE
FLATTENED EXPANDED
METAL
• SINGLE & DOUBLE TIER MODELS • FAST & EASY INSTALLATION
• ECONOMICAL • LOW LIFE-CYCLE COST
• SECURE • ATTRACTIVE
• DURABLE • USER FRIENDLY

Shown with optional


expanded metal top

13” transom Padlock hasp & Ergonomic one piece


door pull is welded to the door frame.

Heavy-duty 13 gauge
7-knuckle 3-1/2” butt hinges

Welded door brace for


added rigidity
Heavy-Duty 7 knuckle hinges and door
Welded padlock hasp and stops are welded to the frame for
extra strength and security for a more
ergonomic welded-on door finished and attractive appearance.
pull

1/2” 16 gauge flattened


expanded metal doors and
sides

Heavy-gauge vertical frame


channels and Optional 16 gauge 1/2” expanded metal
top makes for security & rigidity for a
higher level of protection from theft
Horizontal frame angles
SINGLE TIER STARTER UNIT NEW 725
DARK GRAY (HG)

122
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
STORAGE FOR RESIDENTIAL, COMMERCIAL
AND INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS
Hallowell-List.com

Easy Custom Installations


Hallowell® Bulk Storage Lockers’ unique construction provides Tops are recommended for situations where the ceiling height is 8’-6"
for a simple, easy way of handling interference from overhead or more when using standard 7’-6" high component modules.
pipes and/or ducts.
Shelves are used as dividers between top and bottom openings of
double tier lockers. May also be used in single tier lockers for addi-
tional floor space and may be shorter than depth of locker to provide
space for long items.

Backs are required for back-to-back installations or where a single


row is set away from a wall.

BULK STORAGE LOCKERS


Bottoms are recommended for use on all single or double tier lock-
ers if dampness prevails.
UNITS AVAILABLE RIGHT-HAND OR LEFT-HAND HINGED
VIEW OF PIPE THROUGH TRANSOM • SINGLE TIER: • DOUBLE TIER:
(OR DIVIDER) WITH REPAIR ANGLE. OVERALL HEIGHT 90” OVERALL HEIGHT 90”
OPENING HEIGHT: 75-1/2” UPPER OPENING HEIGHT: 31-1/2”
LOWER OPENING HEIGHT: 42”
Note: In the interest of safety, all lockers must be
securely anchored to the floor and/or wall.
SHOWING CUT OUT (WITH REPAIR ANGLES
REPAIR ANGLES) TO ALLOW FOR STORAGE LOCKER STOCK SIZES
INTERFERING DUCT. Standard Sizes available in single &
double tier configuration.
Repair Angle 16 gauge 36" long repair angle is pre-punched on 2" centers to "heal"
Width 3'-0'', 4'-0''
cuts in dividers or transom. Two bolts and clips are included with each angle.
Depths 3'-0'', 4'-0'', 5'-0''
RED denotes stock sizes. Custom sizes are also available. Height 7'-6''

STARTER UNITS ADDER UNITS


W D H Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Right Hinged) (Left Hinged) Right Hinged) (Left Hinged)
SINGLE TIER
36 36 90 BSL363690-R-1S-HG BSL363690-L-1S-HG BSL363690-R-1A-HG BSL363690-L-1A-HG
36 48 90 BSL364890-R-1S-HG BSL364890-L-1S-HG BSL364890-R-1A-HG BSL364890-L-1A-HG
36 60 90 BSL366090-R-1S-HG BSL366090-L-1S-HG BSL366090-R-1A-HG BSL366090-L-1A-HG
48 36 90 BSL483690-R-1S-HG BSL483690-L-1S-HG BSL483690-R-1A-HG BSL483690-L-1A-HG
48 48 90 BSL484890-R-1S-HG BSL484890-L-1S-HG BSL484890-R-1A-HG BSL484890-L-1A-HG
48 60 90 BSL486090-R-1S-HG BSL486090-L-1S-HG BSL486090-R-1A-HG BSL486090-L-1A-HG
DOUBLE TIER
36 36 45 BSL363690-R-2S-HG BSL363690-L-2S-HG BSL363690-R-2A-HG BSL363690-L-2A-HG
36 48 45 BSL364890-R-2S-HG BSL364890-L-2S-HG BSL364890-R-2A-HG BSL364890-L-2A-HG
36 60 45 BSL366090-R-2S-HG BSL366090-L-2S-HG BSL366090-R-2A-HG BSL366090-L-2A-HG
48 36 45 BSL483690-R-2S-HG BSL483690-L-2S-HG BSL483690-R-2A-HG BSL483690-L-2A-HG
48 48 45 BSL484890-R-2S-HG BSL484890-L-2S-HG BSL484890-R-2A-HG BSL484890-L-2A-HG
48 60 45 BSL486090-R-2S-HG BSL486090-L-2S-HG BSL486090-R-2A-HG BSL486090-L-2A-HG

ACCESSORIES FOR BULK STORAGE LOCKERS


W D H Part No.
TOP PANELS
36 36 4803636HG
36 48 4803648HG
36 60 4803660HG
48 36 4804836HG
48 48 4804848HG
48 60 4804860HG
FRONT EXTENSION PANELS
6 90 4600690HG
12 90 4601290HG
18 90 4601890HG
24 90 4602490HG
BACK PANELS

36 90 4703690HG
48 90 4704890HG
REPAIR ANGLES
36 20100HG

123
5 DAY SHIPPING ON ALL IN-STOCK PRODUCTS
STEP UP YOUR RECRUITING GAME!
Hallowell-List.com

Reinforce your commitment to your players!


Equip them with the industry’s finest all-wood sport lockers. Recruiter™ custom wood
sport lockers are made to order, and offer a variety of different options allowing you to
tailor your locker room to your team’s specific requirements.

Optional Features
CUSTOM WOOD SPORT LOCKERS

Optional LED Lighting under locker


top and/or under shelf
BASKETBALL

Optional USB & 110 power outlet inside


upper security box

FOOTBALL
Optional duel fan ventilation
system for forced air ventilation of foot locker

HOCKEY

124
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
HEIRLOOM QUALITY DESIGNED TO
LAST A LIFETIME
Hallowell-List.com
Hallowell-List.com

We can design to meet your exact requirements.


In addition to our standard designs and sizes, our engineers team locker room, country club or resort health spa, we
are readily available to assist you in custom designing a stand behind our product with a full one year warranty that
locker to meet your specific needs. Be it a fitness center, covers defects in materials and workmanship.

Five Side Options

CUSTOM WOOD SPORT LOCKERS


Set Back Sides Full Curve Sides Standard Sides Slant Sides Half Curve Sides

Optional Features

Name plate holders Shoulder pad rack Shoulder pad & Foot locker front
Helmet rack panel mesh insert

Engraved team logo on Padded Seat Cushion Expanded metal side inserts Optional Bat / Lacrosse Stick
security box door. for additional ventilation Caddy

LOCK OPTIONS: • PADLOCK • BUILT IN COMBINATION LOCK • MECHANICAL LOCK • ELECTRONIC LOCK

125
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
SAFETY, DURABILITY
VALUE...
Hallowell-List.com

Hallowell Cubbie Locker line is designed to meet the needs of early


childhood and elementary school classrooms. Combining our unibody all-welded
locker construction and the added safety features required for this specialized
market, we offer four distinct models designed to meet any child's personal
CHILDREN SAFE! storage needs. Hallowell Cubbies are backed by our written lifetime Warranty.

4 MODELS &
24 COLORS
ALL-WELDED SCHOOL CUBBIES

Primary Primary II Primary Jr. Backpack


Cubbie Cubbie Cubbie Cubbie

ALL EDGES ARE


ROUNDED OR
HEMMED FOR
SMOOTH TOUCH
HEMMED AND BEADED EDGES NUMBER PLATE IN BOTTOM OF CUBBIE
ELIMINATE SHARP EDGES SO CHILDREN CAN EASILY IDENTIFY
THEIR CUBBIE SPACE.

MODEL SIZES W
IDTH DEPTH HEIGHT
PRIMARY CUBBIE 12”, 15” 12”, 16” 48”
PRIMARY II CUBBIE 12”, 15” 12”, 16” 48”
PRIMARY JR. CUBBIE 12”, 15” 12”, 16” 24”
BACKPACK CUBBIE 15”, 18” 12”, 16” 48”

FEATURES
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded 16 gauge steel construction, backs
are 18 gauge, bottom is galvanneal sheet steel for maximum corrosion resistance,
hemmed and beaded edges are safe to the touch
BODY STYLES: Open design, 4 body styles
SHELVES: 16 gauge welded to body for added rigidity with a beaded leading
edge for added safety
NOTES: Easily secures to wall and floor for added safety, Low installation costs,
reduced installation time, low maintenance, low life-cycle cost, lifetime warranty,
insect and termite proof. All welded cubbies will ship in multiple column units up
to 60” wide to meet individual job site conditions.

126
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
Hallowell-List.com

These lockers feature our unique Unibody Design


which provides unsurpassed strength and durability.

ALL-WELDED OPEN-FRONT SPORT LOCKERS


HSL-OO Open Front Gear Lockers Our complete line-up of open-front gear lockers are specifically engineered
for High School, Collegiate and Professional team organizations who
demand high performance equipment storage solutions.

The all-welded Open Front Gear lockers are designed to accommodate a wide variety of
equipment and apparel while allowing maximum ventilation.

The base model includes one upper hat shelf with a compliment of coat hooks. You can
add a choice from three upper security compartments for personal storage: a small
wallet security box, a 12” wide side hinged security box or the full width top hinged
security compartment.

In the lower area, you can add a shelf/seat or opt for the foot locker/seat for a lockable
equipment storage area. You can finish off your sport locker with our optional stainless
steel coat rod.

Open Front Gear lockers feature our all-welded Unibody design which provides two
front frame channels between sides of multiple column units and integral sides which
are diamond perforated for ventilation.

SECURITY-PLUS™ OPEN GEAR LOCKERS ARE


VENTILATED ENGINEERED TO LAST THE
FRONT PANEL LIFETIME OF YOUR FACILITY
BASE MODEL OFFERS SHOWN WITH OPTIONAL WE GUARANTEE IT!
UPPER HAT SHELF AND 12” WIDE SECURITY BOX,
COAT HOOKS STAINLESS STEEL COAT ROD
AND FOOT LOCKER/SEAT

OPTIONAL UNDERSIDE OF FOOT LOCKER


STAINLESS STEEL SEAT IS REINFORCED TO SUPPORT
COAT ROD TODAY'S ATHLETE.

LOCKER SIZES:
Widths 12", 15", 18", 24", 30", 33” and 36"
Depths 12", 16", 18", 22"
Column Heights 60", 72", 84"
Note: Lockers will ship in multiple column units up to
60" wide to meet individual job site conditions.
SHOWN WITH OPTIONAL
FULL-WIDTH SECURITY COMPARTMENT,
SHOWN WITH OPTIONAL AND STAINLESS STEEL COAT ROD, AND
WALLET SECURITY BOX AND LOWER SEAT/SHELF. DOOR INCLUDES
STAINLESS STEEL COAT ROD SECURITY-PLUS™ VENTILATION.

127
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
Hallowell-List.com

HTHV-01 Turn-handle FEATURES:


Ventilated Lockers BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded
construction, 16 gauge 1-1/2" high continuous bottom
with reinforcing channels welded to the underside at
each side panel providing a rigid unit base, 16 gauge
continuous top, 16 gauge diamond perforated sides are
integral with front vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back
DOORS: 14 gauge diamond perforated doors are
UNIBODY ALL-WELDED LOCKERS

standard. Plain, Secure-Air-Flow, and louvered door styles


are available
HANDLE: 3-point turn-handle latching
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both
hinge and latch side
LATCHING: 3-point turn-handle latching engaging at
frame top, bottom and center side of door, 3/8" diameter
lock rods are the heaviest in the industry, 3/16” turn-
handle welded to 11 gauge cam, 11 gauge lock plate
keeper is welded to center side of frame
3-Point projecting HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
turn-handle
latching SHELVES: 16 gauge hat shelf for single tier openings 60"
and 72" high, 16 gauge intermediate shelves
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard.
STANDARD SIZES FOR ALL-WELDED WARDROBE LOCKERS
SINGLE TIER DOUBLE TIER TRIPLE TIER 1-double hook only for triple tier and 1-double and
Widths 9'', 12'', 15'', 18'', 24'' 9'', 12'', 15'', 18'', 24'' 9'', 12'', 15'', 18'', 24'' 1-single hook for 9" wide openings 30” and higher
Depths 12'', 16'', 18'', 22' 12'', 16'', 18'', 22'' 12'', 16'', 18'', 22''
Opening Heights 48", 60", 72" 24'', 30'', 36'' 20'', 24''
WARRANTY: Lifetime
Nominal Column Heights 48'', 60'', 72'' 48'', 60'', 72'' 60'', 72'' SIZES: See All Welded Chart for standard
NOTE: All welded lockers will ship in multiple column units up to 60” wide to meet wardrobe lockers
individual job site conditions

HGLV-02 Gravity Latch Ventilated Lockers FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded construction, 16
SEE ABOVE CHART FOR gauge 1-1/2" high continuous bottom with reinforcing channels
STANDARD SIZES welded to the underside at each side panel providing a rigid unit
base, 16 gauge continuous top, 16 gauge diamond perforated sides
are integral with front vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back
DOORS: 14 gauge diamond perforated doors are standard. Plain,
Secure-Air-Flow, Safety-View and louvered door styles are available
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and
latch side
LATCHING: 12 gauge latch hooks MIG welded to frame, gravity
lift-type multi-point spring loaded latching:
• 3-point latching for openings 48" high and higher
• 2-point latching for openings 20" high thru 36" high
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
SHELVES: 16 gauge hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and 72"
high, 16 gauge intermediate shelves
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1-double
Seamless deep
hook only for triple tier and 1-double and 1-single hook for 9" wide
drawn stainless steel
recessed handle
openings 30” and higher
with gravity WARRANTY: Lifetime
lift-type latching
SIZES: See All Welded Chart for standard wardrobe lockers

128
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
Hallowell-List.com

HGLS-03 Gravity Latch Seamless


deep drawn
FEATURES:
Solid Sides stainless
steel recessed
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded construction, 16
handle with gauge 1-1/2" high continuous bottom with reinforcing channels
gravity lift-type welded to the underside at each side panel providing a rigid unit
latching
base, 16 gauge continuous top, 16 gauge solid sides are integral
with front vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back
DOORS: 14 gauge louvered doors are standard. Plain,
Secure-Air-Flow, Safety-View and diamond perforated door styles

UNIBODY ALL-WELDED LOCKERS


are available
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and
latch side
LATCHING: 12 gauge latch hooks MIG welded to frame, gravity
lift-type multi-point spring loaded latching:
• 3-point latching for openings 48" high and higher
• 2-point latching for openings 20" high thru 36" high
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
SHELVES: 16 gauge hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and 72"
high, 16 gauge intermediate shelves
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1-double
hook only for triple tier and 1-double and 1-single hook for 9" wide
openings 30” and higher
WARRANTY: Lifetime
SIZES: See All Welded Chart for standard wardrobe lockers

HSPV-04 Single-Point Ventilated Lockers FEATURES:


BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded construction, 16
Deep drawn
stainless steel gauge 1-1/2" high continuous bottom with reinforcing channels
recessed welded to the underside at each side panel providing a rigid unit
handle with
single-point base, 16 gauge continuous top, 16 gauge diamond perforated
latching is sides are integral with front vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back
standard
doors: 14 gauge diamond perforated doors and full-height door
stiffener are standard. Plain, Secure-Air-Flow and louvered door
styles are available
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
is standard.
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge
and latch side
LATCHING: Single-point maintenance-free quiet latching
system, 11 gauge MIG welded latch
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
Hallowell HSPV-04 lockers SHELVES: 16 gauge hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and
include a 3" wide 18 gauge full 72" high, 16 gauge intermediate shelves
height door stiffener spot welded
to the inner door face and MIG
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1-double
welded to the hinge side as well hook only for triple tier and 1-double and 1-single hook for 9"
as to the top and bottom door wide openings 30” and higher
flanges providing a rigid torque-
WARRANTY: Lifetime
free door. A 1-1/2" wide stiffener
will be furnished for 9" wide SIZES: See All Welded Chart for standard wardrobe lockers
HSPV-04 doors.

129
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
Hallowell-List.com

HSPS-05 Single-Point Solid Lockers


FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded construction, 16
gauge 1-1/2" high continuous bottom with reinforcing channels
welded to the underside at each side panel providing a rigid unit
base, 16 gauge continuous top, 16 gauge solid sides are integral
with front vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back
DOORS: 14 gauge plain doors and a full-height door stiffener are
UNIBODY ALL-WELDED LOCKERS

standard. Secure-Air-Flow, diamond perforated and louvered door


styles are available
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge
and latch side
LATCHING: Single-point maintenance-free quiet latching
system, 11 gauge MIG welded latch
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
Hallowell HSPS-05
SHELVES: 16 gauge hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and lockers include a 3" wide
72" high, 16 gauge intermediate shelves 18 gauge full height door
stiffener spot welded to the
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1-double inner door face and MIG
welded to the hinge side
hook only for triple tier,1-double and 1-single hook for 9" wide as well as to the top and
Deep drawn stainless
openings 30” and higher bottom door flanges
steel recessed handle providing a rigid torque-free
with single-point latching WARRANTY: Lifetime door. A 1-1/2" wide stiffener
SIZES: See All Welded Chart for standard wardrobe lockers will be furnished for 9" wide
HSPS-05 doors.

HBLV-06 Ventilated Box Lockers


FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded construction, 16 gauge 1-1/2" high continuous
bottom with reinforcing channels welded to the underside at each side panel providing a rigid
unit base. 16 gauge continuous top, 16 gauge diamond perforated sides are integral with front
vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back
DOORS: 14 gauge diamond perforated doors are standard. Louvered, Secure-Air-Flow and plain
door styles are available.
HANDLE/LATCHING: Single-point thru-the-door projecting finger pull handle with padlock hasp.
Optional deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle is available
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
HOOKS: None
SHELVES: 16 gauge intermediate shelves
WARRANTY: Lifetime
SIZES: See chart below for standard box locker sizes
NOTE: 8" and 9" high box doors will be top hinged with a concealed 3/8" diameter continuous
hinge rod Widths for all box locker openings 12”, 15”, 18”
Depths for all box locker openings 12”, 16”, 18”, 22”
TIER OPENING HEIGHT NOMINAL COLUMN HEIGHTS

4 Four Tier 12”, 15”, 18” 48”, 60”, 72”


TIER Five Tier 12”, 14.4” 60”, 72”
Single-point TO Six Tier 8”, 10”, 12” 48”, 60”, 72”
thru-the-door finger 9
TIER Seven Tier (6) 10” & (1) 12” 72”
pull padlock hasp
Eight Tier 8”, 9” 64”, 72”
Optional padlock strike plates for box Nine Tier 8” 72”
doors protect finish from being
marred by padlock Please note that the actual units supplied will be fabricated to meet layout and
job conditions in standard width units up to 60” wide

130
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
Hallowell-List.com

HESL-07 Equipment Storage Lockers (TA-50)


FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Unibody all-welded construction, 16 gauge
1-1/2" high continuous bottom with reinforcing channels welded to
the underside at each side panel providing a rigid unit base, 16 gauge
continuous top, 16 gauge diamond perforated sides are integral with
front vertical frame, 18 gauge solid back.
Optional solid sides are available
DOORS: 14 gauge diamond perforated doors with a full height door

EQUIPMENT & PREMIUM LOCKERS


stiffener are standard. Secure-Air-Flow, diamond perforated and
louvered door styles are available
HANDLE: 3-point turn-handle
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge sides
LATCHING: 3/16” turn-handle welded to 11 gauge cam engaging 3-point projecting
frame at top, bottom and center side of door. 3/8" diameter lock rods turn-handle latching
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge is standard.
SHELVES: 16 gauge hat shelf located 12" down from top, 16 gauge
Shown with optional
lower shelf located 18" up from bottom Padlock Strike Plate
COAT ROD: Stainless steel full-width coat rod located under hat shelf
WARRANTY: Lifetime
Equipment Storage lockers will ship in multiple
EQUIPMENT STORAGE LOCKER SIZES column units up to 60" wide to meet individual job
Widths 24", 30", 36", 48" site conditions. Shown with optional
Depths 12", 16", 18", 22" padlock strike plate
Heights 60", 72", 84"

Premium KD Wardrobe Lockers


FEATURES: (DOORS 20" HIGH AND HIGHER)
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock down (KD) with 24 gauge solid
body components
DOORS: 16 gauge louvered doors, 18 gauge for 9" wide, are
standard. Plain, Secure-Air-Flow, Safety-View and diamond
perforated door styles are available
FRAME: 16 gauge frame with 16 gauge horizontal cross member
between doors on double and triple tier wardrobe lockers
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
door strike: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and
latch side Deep Drawn stainless steel
LATCHING: 12 gauge latch hooks MIG welded to frame. Gravity recessed handle with gravity
lift-type multi-point spring loaded latching: lift-type latching
• 3-point latching for openings 48" high and higher
• 2-point latching for openings 20" high thru 36" high
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1-
double hook only for triple tier and 1-double and 1 - single hook
for 9" wide openings 30” and higher
Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier, SHELVES: Hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and 72" high Latch hook is
1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, welded to frame
1 opening 2 openings 3 openings
NOTES: All production KD lockers are supplied without legs
unless otherwise specified
UPGRADES ALL BODY
WARRANTY: 2 years
COMPONENTS TO SIZES: See Premium KD Chart for standard wardrobe lockers
16 GAUGE WITH
18 GAUGE BACK

131
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
ECONOMY AND
Hallowell-List.com
VERSATILITY

Premium KD Box Lockers


Box door single-point
FEATURES: (DOORS 18” HIGH AND UNDER) thru-the-door finger pull
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock down (KD) with 24 gauge solid padlock hasp
body components
DOORS: 18 gauge louvered doors are standard. Plain, Secure-Air-Flow,
Safety-View Plus and diamond perforated door styles are available
PREMIUM KD BOX & SPECIALTY LOCKERS

FRAME: 16 gauge frame


HANDLE: Projecting finger pull
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and Optional padlock
latch side strike plates for box doors
LATCHING: Single-point thru-the-door finger pull padlock hasp protect finish from being
marred by padlock
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
HOOKS: None
NOTES: All production KD lockers are supplied without legs unless
otherwise specified. Safety-View Plus polycarbonate doors are available
for 12" wide x 12" high five and six tier box doors only
WARRANTY: 2 years UPGRADES ALL BODY
COMPONENTS TO Four Tier, Five Tier, Six Tier,
16 GAUGE WITH
SIZES: See Premium KD Chart for standard wardrobe lockers 18 GAUGE BACK 1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide,
4 openings 5 openings 6 openings

Premium KD Specialty Lockers 4-WIDE WALL MOUNT UNIT


DUPLEX
Duplex Lockers are the most
economical full length lockers
available. Duplex lockers provide two
completely private lockers in each
frame. One hat shelf and two single
wall hooks are standard in each
wardrobe opening.
Coat rod is optional. SIXTEEN PERSON
lockers are the
economical solution for
TWO-PERSON Stainless steel personal security along
recessed handle is with hanging space for
Two-Person Lockers provide ample standard for Duplex full length garments.
storage space for two users in a 48” wide coat rod is
and Two-Person
included
15” wide space. Upper box doors lockers
are controlled by command latches
located in the corresponding lower
compartment. Two single hooks per
Duplex Two-Person wardrobe opening is standard.
Double Tier, Four Tier, Coat rod is optional. 6” high legs are standard for
2 wide, 2 openings 2 wide, 4 openings 16-Persons lockers only

PREMIUM KD LOCKER SIZES WIDTH DEPTH OPENING HEIGHT FRAME HEIGHT


WARDROBE
SINGLE TIER 9” 12” 15” 18” 24” 12” 15” 18” 21” 24” 36” 48” 60” 72” 36” 48” 60” 72”
DOUBLE TIER 9” 12” 15” 18” 12” 15” 18” 21” 30” 36” 60” 72”
TRIPLE TIER 9” 12” 15” 18” 12” 15” 18” 21” 20” 24” 60” 72”
BOX
FOUR TIER 12” 15” 12” 15” 18” 15” 18” 60” 72”
FIVE TIER 12” 15” 12” 15” 18” 15” 14.4” 60” 72”
SIX TIER 12” 15” 12” 15” 18” 12” 72”
SPECIALTY
TWO PERSON 15” 18” 12” 15” 18” NA 60” 72”
DUPLEX 15” 12” 15” 18” 60” 72” 60” 72”
SIXTEEN PERSON 72” 18” 12” 78” (Includes 6” legs)
FOUR WIDE WALL MOUNT 48” 18” 12” 14-3/4”

132
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
THE STANDARD FOR
QUIET LOCKERS Hallowell-List.com

Standard And Whisper Quiet KD Lockers Sound


FEATURES: deadening
Silent panel welded
Standard BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock down (KD) with 24 gauge solid to inner door
Quiet Quiet face is
body components
standard on
DOORS: 16 gauge plain doors (18 gauge for 9" wide), Sound deadening Silent Quiet
panel and vinyl coated latching for Whisper quiet lockers only lockers only

STANDARD QUIET & MFQ QUIET KD LOCKERS


FRAME: 16 gauge frame with 16 gauge horizontal cross member
Ventilated top
between doors on double and triple tier wardrobe lockers and bottom
HANDLE: Deep drawn stainless steel recessed handle door flanges

DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and


latch side Deep drawn
LATCHING: 12 gauge latch hooks MIG welded to frame. Gravity lift- stainless steel
recessed handle
type multi-point spring loaded latching: with gravity
• 3-point latching for openings 48" high and higher lift-type
latching
• 2-point latching for openings 20" high thru 36" high
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1- double hook
only for triple tier and 1-double and 1 - single hook for 9" wide openings 12 gauge
30” and higher Latch hook
is welded to
SHELVES: Hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and 72" high frame
NOTES: All production KD lockers are supplied without legs unless
otherwise specified. Standard Quiet and Artisan Quiet lockers are
available with plain doors only. Additional perforations/louvers in the
Double Tier, Double Tier,
door will increase decibel levels thus reducing the efficiency of our
1 wide, 1 wide, quiet design.
2 openings 2 openings WARRANTY: 2 years
UPGRADES ALL BODY
SIZES: See Premium KD Chart for standard wardrobe lockers COMPONENTS TO
16 GAUGE WITH
18 GAUGE BACK

Maintenance-Free™ Quiet KD Lockers (MFQ)


FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock-down, 24 gauge 11 gauge
BODY STYLES: Single, double and triple tier single-point
latch
DOOR: 16 gauge, solid
HINGES: Continuous piano type
HANDLE: Deep drawn stainless steel recessed handle with Deep drawn
single-point latching. Recessed handle protects finish from stainless steel
recessed
being marred by padlock. handle with
HOOKS: One double prong ceiling hook and two single wall single-point
latching
hooks per single and double tier opening. One double ceiling
hook for triple tier.
COAT RODS: Available for single tier at a nominal cost
SHELVES: Hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and 72"
WARRANTY: 2 years
SIZES: See Premium KD Chart for standard wardrobe lockers
MFQ lockers include a 3" wide 18 gauge
full height door stiffener spot welded to
Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier, UPGRADES ALL BODY the inner door face and MIG welded to the
1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, COMPONENTS TO
16 GAUGE WITH hinge side as well as to the top and bottom
1 openings 2 openings 3 openings 18 GAUGE BACK door flanges providing a rigid torque-free
door. A 1-1/2" wide stiffener will be
furnished for 9" wide MFQ doors.

133
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
HEAVY-DUTY LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com

Heavy-Duty Corridor KD Lockers (HDC)


Heavy-Duty Corridor lockers, commonly known as HDC lockers, are designed
to include all the great features of our Standard KD wardrobe lockers with the
doors upgraded to 14 gauge.
HDC CORRIDOR & HDV VENTILATED KD LOCKERS

FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION: Knock down with 24 gauge solid body components
DOORS: 14 gauge louvered doors are standard. Plain, Secure-Air-Flow, Safety-
View and diamond perforated door styles are available
FRAME: 16 gauge frame with 16 gauge horizontal cross member between
doors on double and triple tier wardrobe lockers
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
door strike: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and latch side
LATCHING: 12 gauge latch hooks MIG welded to frame. Gravity
lift-type multi-point spring loaded latching:
Deep drawn
• 3-point latching for openings 48" high and higher stainless steel
• 2-point latching for openings 20" high thru 36" high recessed handle
with gravity
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge lift-type latching.
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. 1- double hook only for
triple tier and 1-double and 1- single hook for 9" wide openings 30” and higher
SHELVES: Hat shelf for single tier openings 60" and 72" high
Single Tier, Double Tier, Triple Tier,
1 wide, 1 wide, 1 wide, NOTES: All production KD lockers are supplied without legs unless
1 opening 2 openings 3 openings otherwise specified
WARRANTY: 2 years
UPGRADES ALL BODY
SIZES: See Premium KD Chart for standard wardrobe lockers COMPONENTS TO
16 GAUGE WITH
18 GAUGE BACK

Heavy-Duty Ventilated KD Lockers (HDV)


FEATURES:
BODY CONSTRUCTION (WARDROBE & BOX LOCKERS): Knock down
with 16 gauge solid top, bottom and intermediate shelves, 16 gauge diamond
perforated sides, 18 gauge solid back
DOORS: 14 gauge diamond perforated doors are standard. Louvered, Security-
Plus and Safety-View door styles are available
FRAME: 16 gauge frame with 16 gauge horizontal cross member between doors
on double and triple tier wardrobe lockers
HINGES: 16 gauge continuous piano hinge
DOOR STRIKE: Continuous vertical door strike at both hinge and latch side
WARDROBE LOCKERS (Doors 20" and higher):
HANDLE: Deep-drawn seamless stainless steel recessed handle
LATCHING: Gravity lift-type multi-point spring loaded latching:
• 3-point latching for openings 48" high and higher,
• 2 point latching for openings 20" high thru 36" high
HOOKS: 2-single hooks and 1-double hook is standard. Deep drawn
• 1- double hook only for triple tier and 1-double stainless steel
recessed handle
• 1 - single hook for 9" wide openings 30” and higher with gravity lift-type
SHELVES: 16 gauge hat for single tier openings 60" and 72" high latching for doors 20”
Double Tier, high and higher
1 wide, BOX LOCKERS (Doors 18” high and under):
2 openings Six Tier, HANDLE: Single-point thru-the-door finger pull padlock hasp
1 wide,
6 openings HOOKS: None
NOTES: All production KD lockers are supplied without legs unless otherwise
specified
WARRANTY: 2 years
SIZES: See Premium KD Chart for standard wardrobe & box lockers

134
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
PRODUCTION LOCKER ACCESSORIES
QUICK
SHIP Hallowell-List.com

SPECIFICATIONS
1 6" Closed Front Base (KD lockers only): Shall be fabricated of 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel
flanged on all four sides for rigidity. Front bases include projecting tabs on side flanges designed to align
with holes in front legs allowing front bases to be snapped into place requiring no additional fasteners. Side
bases are to be included at all exposed ends and are bolted to front and rear legs. Finish to match lockers.
Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

2 4" Continuous Z-Base (KD lockers only): Shall be fabricated from 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel
fabricated in 72" lengths, flanged at the top to form a 1-3/8" toe space and at the bottom allowing concealed
fastening to the finished floor. Continuous Front Bases include holes for use with splice plates where bases
1 KD are joined end-to-end. End Bases are to be included at all exposed ends. Where additional support is desired,
End Bases may be substituted for splices at Continuous Front Base joints. Finish to match lockers.
Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

ACCESSORIES & DETAILS


3 20 gauge Individual Slope Top (KD lockers only): Not less than 20 gauge cold rolled sheet steel,
18 degree pitch, fabricated to be installed individually over each locker. Slope top is formed to include a full
back. Individual Slope Tops are to be installed in addition to the locker flat top. End closures are to be provided
at exposed ends. Finish to match lockers. Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

4 18 gauge Continuous Slope Top: Not less than 18 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, 18 degree pitch,
in 72" lengths. A splice cover with concealed spring clip is to used to cover joints where Continuous
Slope Tops are joined end-to-end. To be installed in addition to the locker flat top with end closures for
support. Finish to match lockers. Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

4 16 Gauge Continuous Slope Top: Not less than 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, 18 degree pitch, in
72" lengths. A splice cover with concealed spring clip is to used to cover joints where Continuous Slope Tops
2 KD are joined end-to-end. To be installed in addition to the locker flat top with end closures for support. Finish to
match lockers.

5 Recessed Trim: Fabricated of 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel. 3" wide side trim shall be notched at the
top and include a retainer to allow the 3" wide top trim to fit snugly into the side trim. Recess trim is designed
to be used when the lockers are installed with the locker fronts flush with the top and side walls. The top and
side trim will project 3/8" beyond the side and top walls and include return bends back to the walls. Finish to
match lockers. Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

6 Minimum Punched End Panel (KD lockers only): Shall be from 18 gauge cold rolled steel and
formed to fit tightly over the universal side panel at exposed row ends. Holes are provided at perimeter for
fastening to locker. Minimum Punched End Panels are designed to cover all fasteners other than those at the
perimeter of the panel. Finish to match lockers. Provide at all exposed ends.
Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

3 KD 7 Boxed End Panel: Shall be "Boxed" type formed from 16 gauge cold rolled steel with 1" O.D. double bends
on sides and a single bend at top and bottom with no exposed holes or bolts. If lockers have slope tops, end
panels must be formed with slope at top to cover the ends of the slope tops. Finish to match lockers. Provide
at all exposed ends.

8 Fillers: Provide where indicated, of not less than 16 gauge cold rolled sheet steel, factory fabricated
to and finished to match lockers. Available Quick-Ship from stock in 5 standard colors.

Note: visit our website at www.Hallowell-List.com for complete


installation details and instructions.

KD
4 Welded

KD KD KD
5 Welded 6 KD 7 Welded 8 Welded

135
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
LOCKS
Hallowell-List.com

Padlocks, Built-in Locks QUICK


& Specialty Locks SHIP
Master Lock Co. Master Lock Co.
Built-In Combination Locks Combination Padlocks
Available in spring-bolt and dead-bolt Available standard and mas-
styles, are key controlled and include ter-keyed, Master Lock padlocks
multiple combination settings. can be used on all locker types.
ADA Compliant ADA Compliant
Version Available Padlocks Available

Master Lock Co. Hallowell


Built-In Key Locks DIGITECH™ Locks
Available in spring-bolt and Digitech™ electronic access locks
LOCKS

dead-bolt styles - Available in can be programmed for shared or


standard or master-keyed. permanent use
ADA Compliant
Version Available ADA Compliant

NOTE: An ADA compliant lock must be used on any locker


that is required to meet ADA guidelines.

CALL 866-566-0500 FOR


MORE INFORMATION

SAFE-O-MAT® Built-In
Coin, Token & Card Locks

Available in coin return and coin


collect as well as token collect
and card access styles.

Hallowell
DIGITECH™ GL Locks
Hallowell
Digitech™ GL electronic locks are compatible
DIGITECH™ II RFID Locks
with all Superior® gravity lift-type latching
Digitech RFID electronic access lockers. Lock fits nicely in our recessed handle
locks can be programmed to work ADA Compliant
with most current RFID systems
ADA Compliant

NOTE: An ADA compliant lock must be used on any locker


that is required to meet ADA guidelines.

136
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
BENCHES & PEDESTALS
Hallowell-List.com

Benches QUICK
WHITE NORTHERN HARD WOOD SHIP
Locker Benches are 9-1/2” wide x 1-1/4” thick, made from laminated
white northern hard wood, and finished with one coat, deep-penetrating
hot sealer, and two coats of heavy body, high-impact, hot, hydraulically
applied lacquer. Bench tops are standard in one foot increments from 3’ SHOWN WITH 4820
thru 12’. Non-standard lengths are available on special order (pedestal PEDESTALS
requirement will be for next standard size up).

BENCHES & PEDESTALS


BENCH TOP LENGTH 3’ - 8’ 9’ - 12’
PEDESTALS REQUIRED 2 3
Note: Bench top lengths over 12' will be supplied in sections

PHENOLIC
Locker Benches are 9 1/2" x 3/4" Thick, made from Wilsonart®
SHOWN WITH 4810
phenolic in choice of 18 standard colors. See page 89 for color
PEDESTALS
choices. Available in 1 foot increments from 3' to 12'.

BENCH TOP LENGTH 3’ - 5’ 6’ - 8’ 9’ - 12’


PEDESTALS REQUIRED 2 3 4

Pedestal space not to exceed 40” O.C.

Pedestals QUICK
SHIP

4805 Steel Pedestal 4825 Stainless Steel Movable 8032 Adjustable Steel 4810 Heavy-Duty Cast Iron 4820 Aluminum Movable
Fabricated from 10 gauge Pedestal Pedestal Pedestal With 6” diameter Pedestal
sheet steel with flanges Fabricated from 16 gauge With cast top and bottom. Provided Includes holes for
welded to upright tube. stainless steel. Includes holes for aluminum base with three anchoring holes optional permanent
Color: Tan permanent anchoring to floor. and concealed at top and bottom. anchoring to floor.
Color: Unpainted anchoring to floor. Color: Tan Color: Tan
Color: Tan

137
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
PHENOLIC & PLASTIC COLORS
FOR PRODUCTION LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com

TM

SOLID PHENOLIC LOCKERS 18 DESIGNER COLORS

9243-58 928-58 839-58 851-58 969-58


PHENOLIC & PLASTIC COLOR CHART

7897-58
Zen Grey Mouse Stop Red Spectrum Green Spectrum Blue Navy Blue

6729-58 692-58 515-58 7018-58 909-58 8848-58


Paloma Bisque Folkstone Celesta Graphite Graphix Navy Graphix Black Blackend Legno

STOCK COLOR
8905-58 7012-58 7284-58 5487-58 5481-58 5886-58
Waxed Maple Amber Maple Figured Annigre Oiled Walnut Oiled Olivewood Sorrel Cherry

NOTE: All Locker body components will be made with our standard color, currently 949-58 White.

8 COLOR CHOICES

Garnet Slate Speckle Sand Speckle Slate

Taupe Forest Sandstone Deep Blue

Colors shown are an approximate printed representation of the actual color and will vary depending on light source. Actual color samples are available upon request. For a more accurate color selection call or
e-mail us at [email protected] to request actual color samples. Hallowell reserves the right to make changes to the information, illustrations, products, services, specifications, availability, plans, and terms and
conditions associated with this catalog at any time, without notice, and without incurring obligations or liability of any kind.

138
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
24 DESIGNER POWDER COAT COLORS
FOR PRODUCTION LOCKERS
Hallowell-List.com

24 POWDER COAT COLORS


Enhance your decor with two-tone color combinations, doors one color and frame a second color, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST.

742 721 727 708 714 738


Rave Red Relay Red Maroon Black Snow White Charcoal

COLOR CHART
743 731 720 710 729 746
Freshwater Blue Denim Blue Pep Rally Purple Sandstone Tan Popular Gray

707 717 719 711 706 725


Marine Blue Grand Slam Blue Jersey Blue Light Gray Heather Gray Dark Gray

744 745 704 740 741 728


Well Bred Brown Deep Forest Brown Evergreen Stardew Gray Rayo de Sol Hoop Orange

NOTE: All body components of production KD lockers will be painted our standard neutral color, currently 729 Tan (choice of 729 Tan or 725 Dark Gray for HDV body).

LOCKER PREMIUM FINISH UPGRADES ARE AVAILABLE FOR ALL 24 STANDARD COLORS
(Additional charges apply)

HAMMERTONE FINISHES
Specially formulated with a unique hammer texture that is tough, highly
durable and provides long lasting protection.
Note: Patterns/colors of textures and metallics will vary due to their nature.
No touch up available for hammertone finishes.

Our MedSafe™ antimicrobial finishes with Microban® are specially


formulated to protect against bacteria, mold, yeast & mildew for up to
20 years! Very beneficial for educational, healthcare, food processing
and other hygiene conscious environments.

Colors shown are an approximate printed representation of the actual color and will vary depending on light source. Actual color samples are available upon request. For a more accurate color selection call or
e-mail us at [email protected] to request actual color samples. Hallowell reserves the right to make changes to the information, illustrations, products, services, specifications, availability, plans, and terms and
conditions associated with this catalog at any time, without notice, and without incurring obligations or liability of any kind.

139
PRODUCTION ORDERS CONTACT US AT 866.566.0500
We Stock It
You Sell It
We Ship It... Fast!
It Really Is That Easy

2823 W. ORANGE AVE, APOPKA, FLORIDA 32703


866.566.0500
TEL: 407.464.3611 WWW.HALLOWELL-LIST.COM

©Copyright 2019 Hallowell Printed in the U.S.A. 3/19

You might also like